M/S. LEVIN DÉCOR LLP.

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "M/S. LEVIN DÉCOR LLP."

Transcription

1 M/S. LEVIN DÉCOR LLP. (New Proposed Project for RESIN Production) (Phenol Formaldehyde Resin-300 MT/month Melamine Formaldehyde Resin -150 MT/month Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin -100 MT/month) Survey No:416/1 Paiki -3, Poglu-Piludra Crossing, NH. No.8 At Poglu, Ta: Prantij, Dist: Sabarkantha Gujarat Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment Report As per High Court Stay Order No. C/SCA/1782/2013 dated 9/12/2013 (Copy Enclosed in Chapter 11 on pg. no. 11.6) Prepared By: T. R. Associates Ganesh Meridian, Block No.: - C, Office No. 605-A, Opp. Kargil Petrol Pump, Nr. Sola Over Bridge, S. G. Highway, Ahmedabad trassociates@hotmail.com, trassociates@ymail.com Mo. No YEAR

2 TOR (TERMS OF REFERENCE)

3

4

5

6

7 Compliance to TOR Conditions No. Condition Compliance status Page no. 1 Executive summary of the project. Given in ch Justification of the project 3 Photographs of proposed plant site 4 Promoters and their back ground 5 Regulatory framework Given in the section 1.3 of chapter-1 Given in the section 1.13 of Chapter-1 Given in the section 1.4 of chapter-1 Given in the section 1.12 of chapter-1 Project site location is given in Fig A map indicating location of the project and distance from severely polluted area. A Google map showing distance from severely polluted area from 52 project site is given in Annexure - B Project location is shown in Project location and plant layout. 8 Infrastructure facilities including power sources. Google map figure 1.3 Plant lay-out is given in the chapter-2 Fig. no. 2.5 Given in the chapter-2 section no , Total cost of the project along with total capital cost and 9 recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures. Given in chapter Project site location along with 1.6 site map of 10 km area is shown 10 Project site location along with site map of 10 km area and site details providing various industries, surface water bodies, forests etc. in topo map given in the chapter-1, fig. 1.2 A Google map showing nearest surface water bodies & forests 53 from project site is given in Annexure B. Land use based on satellite Present land use based on satellite imagery for the study imagery for the study area of area of 10 km radius. Details of land availability for the km radius is shown in Chapter project along with supporting document. 3.4, section & Details of land availability for 2.11 M/s. T. R. Associates F

8 the project is shown in section 2.6, table 2.8 Land documents are attached as Annexure - C There is no National Park / Wild life sanctuary / Reserve Forest 12 Location of National Park/Wild life sanctuary/reserve Forest within 10 km radius of the project. within 10 km radius of the project. Distance of nearby reserved forest from the industry is shown in Annexure B. 13. Details of the total land and break-up of the land use for green belt and other uses. Section 2.6, table List of products along with the production capacities Chapter-1, Table Detailed list of raw materials required and source, mode of storage and transportation. Chapter 2, table 2.5 Chapter 2, table Manufacturing process details along with the chemical reactions and process flow chart. Given in the Chapter-2, section no Site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, 17. relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall is necessary. Ambient air quality monitoring at 6 locations within the study Given in section Locations are given in Fig. no. 18. area of 5 km. aerial coverage from project site as per NAAQES notified on 16th September, Location of one & table AAQ results are given in table AAQMS in downwind direction & One season site-specific micro meteorological data are given in 19. One season site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall and AAQ data (except monsoon) for PM10, SO2, NOx including VOCs shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors section AAQ data for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx including VOCs is shown in table 3.1.4, & Monitoring stations are shown in table & fig including reserved forests. Data for water and noise monitoring shall also be included. water monitoring data are shown in table & noise monitoring data are shown in table Air pollution control measures viz. Multi-cyclone and bag Figure 2.4 & table 2.7 for filter etc. shall be proposed for the effective control of scrubber gaseous emissions within permissible limits. table M/s. T. R. Associates G

9 Control methanol emission from drying section. Details of VOC monitoring system in the working zone environment, if any Figure Latest technology will be provided in the working zone environment. 23. Name of all the solvents to be used in the process and details of solvent recovery system. Table 2.7, Figure ETP section Incinerator N.A. Design details of ETP, incinerator, boiler, scrubbers /bag Flue gas stack- table filters etc. Scrubber Fig Bag Filter details table Details of water and air pollution and its mitigation plan. Water pollution & its mitigation plan section Air pollution & its mitigation plan section Action plan to control secondary fugitive emission is given in the 2.20 chapter-2, section Action plan to control and monitor secondary fugitive 26 Action plan to monitor emission from all the sources. secondary fugitive emission is given in the chapter-5.0, Section 5.2.1, 5.2.2, Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project 27 site and assessment of ground level concentration of Given in table 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.13 pollutants from the stack emission based on site specific Fig. 4.1, 4.2, meteorological features. Air quality modeling for proposed plant. 28 Permission for the drawl of m 3 /day ground water from CGWA. Water balance chart including quantity of effluent CGWA application will be done after getting EC 2.16 generated recycled and reused and discharged. Water balance Fig Action plan for Zero discharge of effluent shall be included. Given in the section Treatment of phenol in the effluent, if any. Given in the section Ground water quality monitoring minimum at 6 locations Ground water quality monitoring table 3.3.2, shall be carried out. Geological features and Geohydrological Geological features and Geohydrological status of the study area and ecological status (Terrestrial and Aquatic). status of the study area, section Ecological status (Terrestrial and Aquatic) section The details of solid and hazardous wastes generation, Details of solid & hazardous 2.21 M/s. T. R. Associates H

10 storage, utilization and disposal particularly related to the waste table 2.16 hazardous waste calorific value of hazardous waste and detailed characteristic of the hazardous waste. Action plan Action plan for fly ash Section for the disposal of fly ash generated from boiler shall be included. 33 Precautions to be taken during storage and transportation of hazardous chemicals shall be clearly mentioned and incorporated. Given in chapter-7, section no Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF. List of hazardous chemicals (as per MSIHC rule) with toxicity levels. A write up on Safe Practice followed for methanol handling, storage, transportation and unloading to be submitted A write up on Treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage of methanol/phenol. Locating the plant in open area instead of covered to be reviewed in view of safety consideration. Will be obtained after getting EC Section Section Section Section An action plan to develop green belt in 33 % area Section Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site 40 shall be included to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water. Section Details of occupational health programme. Section (i) To which chemicals, workers are exposed directly or indirectly. (ii) How the workers are evaluated concerning their exposure to chemicals during pre placement and periodical medical monitoring (iii) Liver function tests (LFT) during pre-placement and Section periodical examination. (iv) Whether these chemicals are within Threshold Limit Values (TLV)/ Permissible Exposure Levels as per ACGIH recommendation. (v) What measures company have taken to keep these chemicals within PEL/ TLV. (vi) What are onsite and offsite emergency plan during chemical disaster. Section Details of occupational health surveillance programme. Section Socio-economic development activities shall be in place. Chapter-3.5, section 3.5.1, M/s. T. R. Associates I

11 3.5.2, Environment management Plan (EMP) with reference to air pollution - Section & fig. 2.9 Detailed Environment management Plan (EMP) with specific reference to details of air pollution control system, water & 2.4 Environment management Plan wastewater management, monitoring frequency, responsibility and time bound implementation plan for mitigation Measure shall be provided. (EMP) with reference to water & wastewater management - Section Monitoring frequency Table Responsibility and Time bound 9.8 implementation plan for mitigation measure shall be provided - Section EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle Section / reuse / recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. 46. Corporate Environmental Responsibility (a) Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be Section detailed in the EIA report. (b) Does the Environmental Policy prescribe for standard operating process/ procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. (c) What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of Section the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions? Details of this Section system may be given. (d) Does the company has a system of reporting of non compliance / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism should be Yes, the company has a system of reporting of non compliance / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company detailed in the EIA report. Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof. Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent on the same Not applicable Public hearing proceeding is shown in Annexure D (page no ) M/s. T. R. Associates J

12 should be included in EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made. 49. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs. As shown in pages F-K M/s. T. R. Associates K

13 INDEX EIA REPORT Pg. No. 1.0 INTRODUCTION Preface Purpose and Need of the Report Need of the project and its Importance in the Country Promoters and their back ground Project Location Siting Criteria Scope of the Work Impact Assessment Methodologies Air Quality Modeling Environment Management Plan Green Belt Development Plan Disaster Management Plan and occupational Safety Post Study Monitoring Plan Regulatory Frame Work Site Visit Photographs TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCESS Type and Importance of the project Location Proposed Product Details Products and Manufacturing Process Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Melamine Formaldehyde Resin Urea Formaldehyde Resin List of raw materials Material Storage, Handling And Transportation Requirement and storage of raw material Solvent Consumption and Mass Balance Storage of raw material and products Infrastructural Facilities The detailed Area break up for proposed unit Details of Plant and Machineries Requirement of Resources Fuel Requirement Energy Requirement Environmental Pollution and Control Measures 2.14 A Water Pollution 2.14 B Wastewater generation 2.14 C Wastewater Management System Air Pollution Flue Gas Emission Process Gas Emission Fugitive Emission Hazardous/ solid waste Generation Noise Pollution Cleaner Production DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT I

14 Micrometeorological Data Meteorological Data from IMD (Post monsoon season) Meteorology Data generated at the plant site selection of AAQ stations Existing AAQ(Pre-project) status Results and Discussion NOISE ENVIRONMENT Impact Assessment of Noise Environment Existing Noise Levels Methodology of Noise measurement Data Analysis WATER ENVIRONMENT Water Quality Sample collection and analysis Data Analysis Impacts LAND ENVIRONMENT Methodology of sample collection and analysis Soil Data analysis Geo-Hydrological Features Land Use Status Topography Ecology status SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Introduction Socioeconomics Households Population Occupational structure Literacy Amenities Site Specific Studies List of industries Organization & Manpower Impacts of the proposed Project ANTICIPATED IMPACTS Introduction Impacts on environment during Construction Phase Impact on Land use Impact on Soil Environment Impact on Air Quality Impact on Water Quality Impact on Noise Levels Impact on Terrestrial Ecology Impact on Aquatic Ecology Demography and Socio-economics Public Expectation 4.5 J

15 4.3 Identification of Potential Impacts during Operational Phase Impact on Soil Impact on Topography Impact on Climate Impact on Air Environment Stationary Emissions Input Data for Dispersion Model (AERMOD view-8.2) Prediction & assessment of impact Impact on water Impact on Noise Levels Observation Impact on Ecology Impact on Socio-Economics Environment Management Plan Environment Management during Construction Site Preparation Air Quality Water Quality Noise Levels Ecological Aspects Storage of Hazardous Materials Site Security Migrant Laborers Environmental Management Plan (EMP) during Operational Stage Soil Quality Air Quality Management Water Management Noise Level Management Solid & Hazardous Waste Management Green Belt Development Water & wastewater management Impact on solid waste Rain Water Harvesting Monitoring of Water Consumption Other Information ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ASPECTS Implementation Schedule of Mitigation Measures Introduction Institutional Arrangements for Pollution Control Organization at Site5.6.1 Organization at Site Environmental Monitoring Monitoring and Reporting Procedure Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Assessment Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Methodology for Flue Quality Assessment Stack Gas Monitoring Methodology for Water Quality Assessment DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN INTRODUCTION DISASTER TYPES OF DISASTER Objectives of the Plan IDENTIFICATION OF MAJOR HAZARDS OBJECTIVES OF THE PLAN Basis of Plan 6.2 K

16 6.4.2 Post Disaster Analysis and Evaluation General Recommendations The availability, organization, and utilization of resources for emergency Emergency Response Room (Safety officer room) Fire Fighting Facilities Other Key Personnel RISK ASSESSMENT COST ANALYSIS Capital Cost Environmental Cost ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Introduction Objectives of Environment Management Plan Formation of an Environmental Management System Implementation of an Environmental Management System Commitment Preparatory Environmental Review Environmental Policy Organization and Personnel Environmental Management Cell Environmental Effects Environmental Objectives and Targets Environmental Management Program Environmental Management Manual and Documentation Operational Control Environmental Management Records Environmental Management Audits Environmental Statement Environmental Management Reviews Concept Of Waste-Minimization, Recycle/Reuse/Recover Techniques, Energy 9.11 Conservation, And Natural Resource Conservation Waste-minimization 9.5 Institutionalizing Corporate Environmental Responsibility EXECUTIVE SUMMARY IN ENGLISH & GUJARATI DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTATIONS Introduction of M/s. T.R. Associates High Court Stay Order Copy of T. R. Associates 11.6 ANNEXURES A Primary Meteorological Data 1-51 B Google map showing Distance From Severely Polluted Area From Project Site & Google Map Showing Surface Water Bodies And Reserve Forest From Project Site. C Land Documents D Public Hearing Proceedings (PH Date : ) L

17 LIST OF TABLES A No. List of Tables Page No. 2.8 Area Break up for proposed unit Parameters Analyzed and Sampling Duration Ambient Air Quality-Methodology Ambient Air Quality Results % Value of Ambient Air Monitoring Results Basic Amenities detail for study villages covered in 10 km radius Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Assessment National Ambient Air Quality Standards Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) 18 th November, 2009 India 5.6 C No. List of Tables Page No. 4.8 Categorization of the area for project and greenbelt Common Tree Species E No. List of Tables Page No. 2.9 Equipment s required for resin plant Employment Detail Details of Effluent Treatment Plant Units Details of Effluent Treatment Plant Units General Standards for Discharge of Effluents 5.12 F No. List of Tables Page No Flue Gas Stacks Details & Process Gas Stack Details Flue gas stack details 4.8 M

18 H No. List of Tables Page No Habitat wise checklist of plant species recorded in and around Graffiti Laminates Pvt. Ltd Hazardous waste generation and their disposal 4.24 I No. List of Tables Page No. 5.1 Implementation of Schedule 5.4 L No. List of Tables Page No Land use Classification Life form status of Plant Species List of Agricultural and other Crop species recorded Literacy status M No. List of Tables Page No. 2.2 Mass Balance of Phenol Formaldehyde Resin per Batch Mass Balance of Melamine Formaldehyde Resin per Batch Mass Balance of Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin per Batch Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters Technical Details of Bag Filter 2.19 N No. List of Tables Page No Hourly Noise data (Day and Night timings in Leq db (A)) Permissible Noise Exposures for Industrial Workers Negative Impacts and Mitigations during Operational Phase Negative Impacts and Mitigations during Operational Phase 4.43 N

19 O No. List of Tables Page No Overall Status of Terrestrial & Aquatic Birds Overall Status of Mammals Occupational Structure P No. List of Tables Page No. 1.1 Production Details Proposed Products Details Packing, storage & transportation details of Raw Material and Product Population Composition Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of SPM Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of SO Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of NOX 4.14 R No. List of Tables Page No. 2.5 Raw materials required for Resin Manufacturing in MT/Month Recommended Plant Species for Green Belt Development 4.27 S No. List of Tables Page No. 1.2 Siting Criteria Salient Features with in 10 km radius surroundings Scope of work Solvent recovery from water scrubber Solid Waste/Hazardous Waste details Physicochemical Parameters of the SOIL O

20 T No. List of Tables Page No Taxonomic Status of Plant Species Wild/Forest Tree Species Taxonomic Status of Herpetofauna W No. List of Tables Page No Water consumption and waste water Generation details Water Quality - Physico-chemical Analysis of Ground Water Water Quality - Physico-chemical Analysis of Surface Water Water consumption and Waste Water Generation details Tolerance Limits for Drinking Water as per IS (Clause 3.1) Primary Water Quality Criteria for Various uses of Fresh waters as per CPCB for Prevention and Control of Water Pollution (1979) 5.11 P

21 LIST OF FIGURES No. List of Figures Page No. 1.1 Index Map Topo map of 10 km radius showing around plant site Google map showing plant site Process Flow Diagram of Phenol Formaldehyde resin Process Flow Diagram of Melamine formaldehyde resin Process Flow Diagram of Urea formaldehyde resin Methanol Recovery System for process gas emission (Scrubber Details) Plant Lay-Out Water Balance Diagram Flow Diagram of ETP Meteorological Diagram for October to December 2013 Wind rose Diagram Meteorological Diagram for October to December 2014 Wind rose Diagram Map Showing Ambient Air Quality Locations Topo Map Showing Noise Sampling Locations Topo Map showing Water Quality Locations Map showing Soil Sampling Locations Land use and Land cover map of the 10 km radius of the study area Satellite Image of the 10 km radius of the study area Infrastructure Facilities of the 10 km radius of the study area Topography map of the 10 km radius of the study area (A) Percentage of Population distribution (B) Percentage of SC & ST Population distribution Distribution of Workers Literacy levels Predicted Ground Level Concentration of PM 4.10 Q

22 4.2 Predicted Ground Level Concentration of SO Predicted Ground Level Concentration of NOX Water Balance Diagram Flow Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant On Site Disaster Management Plan Environmental Management Cell Model structure showing information flow 9.12 R

23 CHAPTER -1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 INTRODUCTION OF THE PROJECT Levin décor LLP intends to manufacture Laminated Sheets along with resins (Phenol Formaldehyde, Melamine Formaldehyde and Phenol Urea Formaldehyde) at Survey No:416/1 Paiki -3, Poglu-Piludra Crossing, NH. No.8 At Poglu, Ta: Prantij, Dist: Sabarkantha Gujarat for their own consumption and sale purpose. Production details are given below: Table: 1.1 Product Details No. Product Production Capacity 1. Phenol Formaldehyde Resin 300 MT/month 2. Melamine Formaldehyde Resin 150 MT/month 3. Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin 100 MT/month 4. Laminated Sheets 2,00,000 Nos./Month 1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT The proposed final product Laminated Sheets does not attract Environmental Clearance (EC) from Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi. However, the Intermediate products like Phenol Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin and Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin (being synthetic organic chemicals) falls under Category 5(f) as stated in Environment Impact Assessment Notification Published on 14 th September, Further, the location of the proposed project is outside the notified industrial estate. Hence, the project proponent has to obtain the EC from the Ministry of Environment & Forests, New Delhi. As per the requirements of the notification, an application was submitted to Ministry of Environment and Forest in 11 th December, 2014 along with Form-1 and Draft Terms of Reference (TOR). The proposal was considered by the 32 nd Reconstituted Expert Appraisal Committee meeting held on 21 st January 2015 Subsequently the Committee has issued the TOR dated 31 ST March Based on the TOR points issued by MoEF, a Draft Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared covering all aspects of the TOR. M/s. T. R. Associates 1.1

24 The purpose of the preparation of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) report is not only to obtain Environment Clearance from Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India, New Delhi and State Pollution Control Board, but also to understand the likely impacts and to take Environment Protection measures during and after commissioning of the project. 1.3 NEED OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE IN THE COUNTRY The proposed product, Laminated Sheet is widely used to develop the residence and commercial office for furniture. The demand of laminated sheets is constantly increasing in domestic market and as well as international market. In recent years, general survey report shows that Laminated Sheets are largely exported in large quantities to developed countries. In India, good quality raw materials are available at cheap rates, enabling the manufacturing at low cost. This increases the profit margin as compared to other players in the world. To meet the current and future market demand, the project proponent intends to start a new unit. 1.4 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACK GROUND Sr. No. 1 Name of Partner Address Mobile No. Education Experience Patel Bharatbhai Dolabhai 2 Patel Kamleshbhai Jethabhai 3 Patel Utkarshkumar Revabhai At Laxmanpura, Po- Goral, Ta- Idar, Dist- Sabarkantha, Gujarat At Laxmanpura,Po- Goral, Ta- Idar, Dist- Sabarkantha, Gujarat B.Sc B.Sc. Seven years of experience in laminated sheets. Worked as production director in M/s. Airolam Ltd. Earlier experience in manufacturing of corrugated box & laminated sheets Seven years of experience in laminated sheets. Worked as production director in M/s. Airolam Ltd. Earlier experience in manufacturing of corrugated box & laminated sheets 01, Yogi Parivar, Nr MBA Seven years of experience in M/s. T. R. Associates 1.2

25 Mahakali Temple, laminated sheets. Worked as Kankrol Road, Marketing director in M/s. Airolam Mahavirnagar, Pvt. Ltd. Earlier experience in Himmatnagar, Gujarat- manufacturing of tiles & laminated sheets Presently working as Production & 4 Patel Prahladbhai Dalabhai At & PO Lalpur, Ta: Idar, Dist: Sabarkantha, Gujarat B. Com. Marketing Director Of Real Plastopack. Earlier experience in Corrugated Box & Plastic Industries. Six Years Experience In Production & Marketing Director Of Pet Strep Presently working as Production & 5 Patel Rameshbhai Narabhai At & PO-Choriwad,Ta: Idar, Dist:Sabarkantha, Guajrat B. Com. Marketing Director Of Real Plastopack. Earlier experience in Corrugated Box & Plastic Industries. Six Years Experience In Production & Marketing Director Of Pet Strep. Working As Production Director Of 6 Patel Mayankkumar Sureshbhai Krushnanagar, Po- Goral, Ta: Idar, Dist: Sabarkantha, Gujarat th Pass City Tiles. Five Years Experience In Production Of Ceramic Tiles Earlier experience of Trading Of Ceramic Raw Materials 1.5 PROJECT LOCATION The proposed site is located at old Survey No.: 416/1 Paiki-3, Poglu-Piludra Crossing, NH. No.8 At Poglu, Ta: Prantij, Dist: Sabarkantha, Gujarat It is situated at E Longitude and N Latitude. Proposed site is located km from Himmatnagar City, and NH. No. 8 is located 0.54 km from the project site. The index map is given in Fig. 1.1 M/s. T. R. Associates 1.3

26 Fig. 1.1 Index Map 1.6 SITING CRITERIA The site is selected because of its proximity to availability of raw materials, consumer centers and infrastructure facilities like land, power, water, communication etc. M/s. T. R. Associates 1.4

27 The sitting criteria as per the guidelines is given in the following table; Table 1.2 Sitting Criteria Details Guidelines Compliance Forest No forest land shall be converted into nonforest No forest land is involved the activity for the sustenance of the proposed site industry (Ref: Forest Conservation Act, 1980). Agricultural land No prime agricultural land shall be converted into industrial site. No Agricultural land is involved. N. A. permission is attached as Annexure C. Odour plants For industry having odour problem it shall be It is not an odour emitting industry a kilometre wide. Layout Enough space should be provided for storage of solid wastes so that these could be available for possible reuse. The total land acquired land is m 2 which is enough for storage Residential area Major habitation (>3,00,000 population) Nearest Major habitation is found shall be atleast 1 km distance Himmatnagar City at a distance of Km Ecologically / Sensitive zones Shall be at least 1 km distance No ecological sensitive zone found within 1 km distance Recreation Distance shall be 2 km from the plant None within 2 km distance Other similar plants Radial distance of two similar plants should be 5 km distance Touch laminates P. Ltd. is located at 5.94 Km distance High way The distance from the NH shall be 0.5 Km National highway no. 8 is at 0.54 km distance State High way The distance from the SH shall be 0.5 Km State highway no. 138 is 3.05 km distance The salient features of the plant surrounding are listed in Table 1.3. The topographical feature (Topo map no. F43A14, F43A15) within 10 km radius distance is shown in Fig 1.2. M/s. T. R. Associates 1.5

28 Fig. 1.2 Topo map of 10 km radius showing around plant site Proposed Project site M/s. Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 1.6

29 Fig 1.3 Google map showing proposed project site Table 1.3 Salient Features with in 10 km radius surroundings Sr. No Important Features Description 1 Location 416/1 Paiki-3, Poglu- Piludra Crossing, NH. No.8 At Poglu, Ta. : Prantij, Dist. : Sabarkantha, Gujrat Topomap (10km radius) F43A14, F43A15 3 Longitude E 4 Latitude N 5 MSL m 6 Nearest power station Uttar Gujarat Vij Corporation Ltd. M/s. T. R. Associates 1.7

30 7 Proponent Name Bharatbhai D. Patel Designated Partner 8 Corporate office address 416/1 Paiki-3, Poglu- Piludra Crossing, NH. No.8, At Poglu, Ta. : Prantij, Dist. : Sabarkantha, Gujarat Temperature range Maximum C in Summer and minimum C in Winter. 10 Annual Rain fall 829 mm 11 Neatest Road NH-8 (0.54 Km) 12 Nearest Railway station Salal railway station 3.10 KM 13 Nearest Bus-stand Poglu Bus stop 1.08 KM 14 Nearest city Himmatnagar Km 15 Nearest village Poglu Km 16 National HW NH: km 17 State HW SH: km 18 Seismic Zone Zone-III (Less Active) 19 National parks/ Wild sanctuary None with in 10 km radius 1.7 SCOPE OF THE WORK The EIA study includes determination of baseline conditions, assessment of the Impacts on the environment due to the construction and operation of the project and making recommendations on the preventive measures to be taken, to minimize the impact on the environment to acceptable levels. A suitable post-study monitoring program will be outlined. Preparation of Environment Management Plan will be given based on the emissions and feasibility report. The scope of work is prepared based on MoEF / CPCB guidelines and tabulated below. Table 1.4 Scope of work Environmental Attributes No of Locations Observations Meteorology 1 Hourly observations for Temperature, Relative Humidity, Wind direction, wind speed & Rain fall during 3 month study period using AWS AAQ 7 PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx for 24 hours duration, 2 times in each M/s. T. R. Associates 1.8

31 week during 12-week study Water 10 3 Surface water Locations Parameters to be analyzed as per IS: 2296 (stream standards) 7 Ground water locations (including the place near to the plant site) Parameters that are analyzed are as per Analysis of Drinking Water Quality had been carried out as per IS: Noise 07 Day and night noise levels (Lday, Lnight and Ldn) once in every location Soil 07 Soil samples at selected locations will be analysed for ph, EC, heavymetal, OC, texture to understand nutrient status and possibility of ground water contamination Ecology Flora-Fauna & Ecosystem Major flora will be eneumerated and the possibility habitation for important species in the site. Fauna will be listed based on the secondary information. Socio-economic data Demography & Occupational details Secondary data for demography, Occupation, literacy and amenities will be tabulation to the villages falling in the study area (Census 2011) As per the guidelines, the Generic structure of EIA is given in EIA notification dated 14 th September, 2006 is maintained. 1.8 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGIES The baseline data generated were analyzed and compared with applicable standards for each environmental attribute so that the critical environmental areas and also attributes of concern were identified. The short-term and long-term impacts particularly on sensitive targets such as endangered species, crops and historically important monuments were identified. A qualitative and quantitative assessment of pollution aspects of proposed projects (air, water, noise, soil and socio-economic structure) was done to identify the adequacy of the proposed control measures as well as the likely impact on existing critical areas. Mitigation measures to reduce adverse impacts were suggested. M/s. T. R. Associates 1.9

32 1.8.1 Air Quality Modeling Lakes Environment Aermod 8.5 is used for prediction of air quality impacts. This model requires hourly meteorological data which were collected from the site and the same was used for running the model. 1.9 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Baseline data generated (based on three months study during Winter season December 2014 to February 2015) in the field and proposed project process studies are used to predict impacts. These impacts are evaluated and final impact assessment is carried out. Environmental Management Plan covers both during construction and operation are given in detail in chapter Green Belt Development Plan Green belt development plan for the proposed project site is shown in the EIA report in chapter DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN AND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY A Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is prepared for solving emergency situation arising due to explosion, fire, leakages of hazardous substances, etc. in the proposed plant site. This Disaster Management Plan includes storage, handling, transportation etc. for the hazardous materials to be used in the proposed project. It also assesses the occupational risk involved during construction and operation phase of the plant. Necessary safety and protective measures are spelt out in this plan. The DMP include both on - site and off - site emergency plans POST STUDY MONITORING PLAN The Post Project Monitoring (PPM) plan is prepared considering the following: M/s. T. R. Associates 1.10

33 i. The proposed pollution control measures for air, wastewater, noise and solid waste (hazardous/non-hazardous) disposal; ii. Waste minimization; wastewater management, waste reuse and resource recovery; waste segregation to make the treatment and disposal cost-effective; 1.12 REGULATORY FRAME WORK The proposed project will abide and function under the purview of the following Rules, Acts & Regulations which are formulated by the governments to save and maintain good environmental conditions. The Water (prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cess, Act, 1977 The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14 th September 2006 and amendments. The Hazardous Waste (MH & TM) Rules, 2009 and its amendments The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (Amendment) Rules, 2000 Chemical Accident (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 and its amendments The public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001 M/s. T. R. Associates 1.11

34 1.13 SITE VISIT PHOTOGRAPHS M/s. T. R. Associates 1.12

35 M/s. T. R. Associates 1.13

36 CHAPTER - 2: TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCESS 2.1 TYPE AND IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT Laminated Sheets are having huge demand in the country along with growing population. Several advantages of them are as per following: Laminated sheets are widely used for making residence & commercial office furniture. These Sheets find application in making magnetic slots and other electrical appliances The white marker grade laminates are used to make white writing boards These Sheets are used for packing clothes Cladding of Main Gates of the Bungalows Cut out sequins and design items 2.2 LOCATION The proposed project site is located at Survey No: 416/1 Paiki -3, Poglu-Piludra Crossing, N.H. No.8 At Poglu, Ta: Prantij, Dist: Sabarkantha Gujarat The base map and topo map showing features around 10 km radius from plant site are showing Fig The total plot area is 12,192 Sq. Mt. of which 4,519 Sq. Mt. (37.1% of total plot area) is for greenbelt area development. 2.3 PROPOSED PRODUCT DETAILS The proposed site intends to produce Laminated sheets, Phenol Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin and Phenol Urea Formaldehyde resin. The details of proposed products are shown in Table 2.1. M/s. T. R. Associates 2.1

37 Table 2.1 Details of Proposed Products No. Name of Product Quantity 1 Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (P. F. Resin) 300 MT/Month 2 Melamine Formaldehyde Resin (M. F. Resin) 150 MT/Month 3 Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin (P.U. F. Resin) 100 MT/Month 4 Laminated Sheets 2, 00, 000 Nos./Month 2.4 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Manufacturing Process All the raw materials like phenol, formaldehyde & caustic flakes will be added into Limped reaction vessel. Stirring & heating will be done up to 60 C. Reflux is done for 30 minutes up to 98 C. Vacuum distillation will be started. Water will be removed from the vessel as per the batch size. Cooling will be started at 40 C. Methanol will be added for dilution purpose. Phenol Formaldehyde Resin will be ready for use in laminated sheets & for sale purpose. Reaction Chemistry OH OH H CHO Fast CH2OH Phenol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin M/s. T. R. Associates 2.2

38 Fig.: 2.1 Process Flow Diagram of Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Phenol Formaldehyde Caustic Flakes Limped Reaction Vessel Stirring and heating up to 60 C Reflux for 30 Minutes Vacuum Distillation Water Cooling Methanol Dilution Product: Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Table 2.2: Mass Balance for Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Raw material Input Quantity (Kg) Product Output Quantity (Kg) Phenol Phenol Formaldehyde resin Formaldehyde (37%) Aqueous A)Water B) Phenol C) Formaldehyde Total Total Note: Methanol consumption = 0.5 Kg/Sheet M/s. T. R. Associates 2.3

39 2.4.2 Melamine Formaldehyde Resin Manufacturing Process First all the raw materials like melamine & formaldehyde will be Added in Limped reaction vessel. Stirring & heating will be done up to 95 o C for 1 Hr. Cooling will be started at 40 C. Melamine Formaldehyde Resin will be ready for use in Laminate sheets and sale purpose. Reaction Chemistry N H 2 N N N NH 2 + H 2 C O fast N N N NH 2 H 2 C N CH 2 melamine formaldehyde OH HO melamine formaldehyde resi Fig. 2.2 PROCESS FLOW CHART MELAMINE FORMALDEHYDE RESIN M/s. T. R. Associates 2.4

40 Table 2.3: Mass Balance of Melamine Formaldehyde Resin per batch (1 batch = 1 MT) No. Raw Materials Qty in kg 1 Formaldehyde Melamine 400 Final Total Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin Manufacturing Process: First of all Phenol, T. G. Urea, Formaldehyde & Caustic will be added in the Reaction vessel. ph will be adjusted to neutral by homogeneous mixing. Stir for 1 hr. & also maintain temperature between 70 o C to 80 o C. Water will be circulated & temperature should be maintained at 40 o C. Product Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin will be ready for use in Laminated Sheets & for sale purpose. Reaction Chemistry M/s. T. R. Associates 2.5

41 Fig. 2.3 Process Flow Diagram of Phenol Urea formaldehyde resin Table 2.4: Mass Balance of Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin per batch (1 batch = 1 MT) No. Raw Materials Qty in kg 1 Phenol Formaldehyde Urea 200 Final Total DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS Requirement of Raw materials List of raw materials & their requirements are given in the Table 2.5. M/s. T. R. Associates 2.6

42 Table 2.5 Raw materials required for Resin Manufacturing in MT/Month No. Product Raw Materials Qty MT/Month Phenol 282 Phenol Formaldehyde Formaldehyde 111 Resin Caustic 1.5 Methanol 50 Melamine Formaldehyde Resin Formaldehyde 90 Melamine 60 Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin Formaldehyde 60 Phenol 20 Urea 20 Methanol 50 Caustic Storage, packing, Transportation & source of raw material For the manufacturing of proposed product of Phenol Formaldehyde resin, Melamine Formaldehyde resin and Phenol Urea Formaldehyde resin various raw materials will be required. Industry will provide adequate and proper storage Facilities for all the raw materials and the finished product. A detail regarding Product and raw material storage, packing, transportation is shown in Table 2.6. No. Raw Materials Table 2.6 Packing, storage, transportation & source of Raw Material and Product Type of Physical Capacity Description Packing/Storage/ Transportation Form of storage mode of storage 1 Melamine Solid 25 kg Plastic bags in storage room Road/ Railway 20 MT 2 Formaldehyde Liquid Industrial Plastic Road/Railway 2 X 20 KL 3 Phenol Liquid MS Road/Railway 1 X 35 KL Source of raw material Jaydeep Agencies, Yog International Empire Chemical, Balaji Formaline Shivam Sales Corporation, M/s. T. R. Associates 2.7

43 No. Description Physical Form Type of Packing/Storage/ mode of storage Transportation Capacity of storage 4 Methanol Liquid MS Road/Railway 1 X 35 KL 5 Caustic Soda Solid 6 Urea Solid Products No. 1 Description Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Physical Form Semi solid 50 kg Plastic bags in storage room 25 kg Plastic bags in storage room Type of Packing/Storage/ mode of storage Stored in Storage tank of MS lined with FRP Road/Railway Road/Railway Transportation Captive consumption & rest will be transported by road, rail & ship 1 MT 20 nos. Source of raw material San Kamal Enterprise Empire Intermediator, B Choksi Shivam Sales Corporation Jaydeep Agencies, Yog International Capacity of storage 8 MT 2 Melamine Formaldehyde Resin Semi solid Stored in 200 L barrels Captive consumption 2 MT 3 Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin Semi solid Stored in Storage tank of MS lined with FRP Captive consumption & rest will be transported by road, rail & ship 3 MT Solvent Consumption and Mass Balance The unit will use Methanol, as a solvent, to manufacture Laminate sheet. It will help to let down the viscosity of resin so it can float on the laminated sheet while drying. The overall requirements of solvent consumption has been worked out which is given in Table 2.7. Methanol flash point is 12 C. And while the dry temperature will remain C. So, it will evaporate from drying process. Methanol is not toxic but it is highly explosive so it is necessary to recover methanol. As shown in Fig 2.4 methanol will transfer in water scrubber though ID fan. The methanol vapor will pass into water scrubber and recollect into water collection tank and it will circulate till the water become concentrate. After this it will be sold to authorised recycler. M/s. T. R. Associates 2.8

44 So, Methanol will be recovered and reused. Fig. 2.4 Methanol Recovery System for process gas emission (Scrubber Details) Table 2.7 Solvent recovery from water scrubber Name of Solvent Fresh Recovered % Recovery Methanol 100 T/ Month 95 T/Month 95 % * % of recovery will be calculated as per methanol solubility and Ideal Assumption. * Recovered Methanol will be sold out to authorised recycler in domestic market. M/s. T. R. Associates 2.9

45 2.5.4 Storage, Handling & Transportation of raw material & product Storage Storage Industry will provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw materials and finished products. Corrosive substances will be stored away from the moisture. Solid raw material will be stored in covered area and liquid raw material will be stored in closed horizontal tank. Hazardous chemicals and solid wastes will be stored away from other plant activities. The storage yard of chemicals will be isolated and it will be equipped with all necessary safety measures. In covershed area provide natural ventilation system, which consider as 15 % open area of all covered area. Handling All the raw materials & finished products will be handled as per the standard practice. For proper handling, company will adapt good housekeeping technology to entire shed. To avoid any leakage or spillage of chemicals from all storage tanks, third party will inspects transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint periodically. Transportation All the necessary precautions will be taken while carrying out transport of the above materials as per the Hazardous Rules of transportation. The vehicles for transportation of raw materials, by - products and products will be parked at specified loading facilities where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers. The finished product will be transported by road, rail and ship route Infrastructural Facilities The total available area for proposed project is m 2 and unit proposes to develop Green Belt area 4519 m 2 of total area of plot. Power requirement for the proposed project will be taken from Uttar Gujarat Vij Company Limited (UGCVL) in tune of 175 KVA. Industry is nearer to National Highway no Km & State highway no Km. M/s. T. R. Associates 2.10

46 2.6 THE DETAILED AREA BREAK UP FOR PROPOSED UNIT The detailed Area break up for proposed unit is shown in Table 2.8 Table 2.8 Area Break up for proposed unit No. Particulars Area Sq. Mt. % 1 Main Shed area Green Belt Road area/open Area Office Area Parking Area Total Area M/s. T. R. Associates 2.11

47 Fig. 2.5 Plant Lay-Out 2.7 EQUIPMENT DETAILS Various Equipments will be required for manufacturing Laminated Sheets. The details of equipments are as mentioned in Table 2.9. Table 2.9 Equipments required for resin plant No. Equipment No. of Units Capacity 1 Steam Boiler 1 3 TPH 2 Thermic Fluid Heater 1 10 Lac Kcal/hr 3 D. G. Set KVA M/s. T. R. Associates 2.12

48 4 P. F. Reaction vessel 1 8 MT 5 M. F. Reaction vessel MT 6 Dryer for P.F. 1 5 Zone 7 Dryer for M.F. 1 3 Zone 2.8 RESOURCES REQUIREMENT Fuel Requirement The proposed unit proposes to use Briquettes / Coal as a fuel for Steam Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater. The requirement shall be 5.55 MT/Day Energy Requirement Total Energy requirement for the proposed project will be estimated as 175 KVA, which will be fulfilled from the Uttar Gujarat Vij Company Limited (UGVCL). Table 2.10 Employment Detail Particulars No. of Persons No. of Persons (Male) (Female) Managers & Executives 5 1 Supervisor and Administrative staff 15 4 Skilled Workers 35 0 Unskilled workers 60 5 Total Male / Female Total 125 Local employee : 50 nos. Permanent Resident employee : 75 nos. M/s. T. R. Associates 2.13

49 2.9 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND CONTROL MEASURES Water Pollution A. Water Consumption The water requirement of the unit will be satisfied through Bore well. For the manufacturing of laminated sheets, there will be no consumption of water. The Industrial water consumption for proposed Resin plant will be 28.7 KL/Day (Fresh water: 23.1 L/D, Reuse water: 5.6 L/D), which will be used for Cooling (make up), steam boiler & washing and scrubbing purpose. Domestic water consumption for proposed unit will be 5.1 KL/Day. The unit will develop Green Belt Area within the industrial premises hence the water requirement for gardening purpose will be KL/day which will be satisfied by reusing the treated water from STP. So total water requirement will be 28.2 KL/ Day. B. Waste Water Generation Water will not be consumed in the manufacturing process of laminated sheets & resin plant, but water will be released about 3.78 KL/day from resin manufacturing process. Total generated wastewater (8.08 KL/day) will be treated in the Effluent Treatment Plant. Treated effluent will be evaporated & reused in process. Thus industry will maintain ZERO DISCHARGE. The Domestic Effluent will be generated 12.0 KL/day and it will be treated in STP and reused in gardening and in sanitary purpose. The Category wise details of water consumption and wastewater generation are shown in Table 2.11 and in Fig M/s. T. R. Associates 2.14

50 Table 2.11 Water consumption and Waste water Generation details No. 1. Domestic 2. Gardening Source Water Consumption KL/Day (Fresh: 5.1 Reuse:7.59) (Fresh 0 Reuse:4.410) Waste Water Generation KL/Day 12 (Reused) 3. Industrial a. Process Nil 3.78 b. Cooling c. Steam boiler d. Scrubbing & Dilution Purpose e. Washing Industrial Water Consumption/ (Fresh : 23.1 Waste Water Generation Reuse : 5.6) 8.08 Total Water Consumption/ Waste Water Generation Nil M/s. T. R. Associates 2.15

51 Fig. 2.6 Water Balance Diagram Source of Water Supply: Bore well Total: 28.2 KL/D Domestic Use 5.1 KL/D 7.59 KL/D used in sanitary Fresh 0 KL/D Gardening KL/D Fresh Water 23.1 KL/D Industrial Use 28.7 KL/D 5.6 KL/D Recycle Drinking use KL/D Used in Sanitary Purpose KL/D STP 12 KL/D Reuse 12 KL/D Cooling 8 KL/D Blow Down 0.4 KL/D Washing 0.2 KL/D R.O. Reject 2.5 KL/D Boiler Blowdown 1.2 KL/D R. O. 7.5 KL/D Fresh 5 KL/D Steam Boiler 24 KL/D Condensate 19 KL/D Condensate 19 KL/D Process Nil 3.78 KL/D Scrubbing & Dilution Process 13 KL/D Scrubbed methanol sold to Authorized recycler ETP 8.08 KL/D Note: Industry will evaporate the effluent after primary treatment. Thus maintain zero discharge. M/s. T. R. Associates 2.16

52 Waste Water Management System (Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant) ETP PROCESS Industrial wastewater generated due to boiler & cooling make-up and resin manufacturing process and washing process will be collected in Primary Collection tank and neutralized the effluent to make homogeneous mixture. Subsequently effluent from Primary Collection tank will be collected in holding tank, where Photo Fenton Reagent (H2O2, FeSO4) will be added and proper mixed with stirrer to destroy the Phenolic compounds. Treated effluent from holding tank will be sent to primary settling tank to remove the solid particle from the effluent. Supernatant from Primary settling tank will be taken in to evaporation system to evaporate the effluent. Sludge will be collected in HDPE bags and sent to register TSDF site. Thus the industry will achieve Zero discharge. Fig. 2.7 Flow Diagram of ETP Industrial effluent Collection & Neutralization Tank Holding Tank (Photo Fenton Reagent) Primary Settling Tank Evaporator ZERO DISCHARGE Table 2.12 Details of Effluent Treatment Plant Units Sr. No. Name of ETP Unit Capacity of Unit No. of Unit 1 Collection Tank L 2 2 Holding tank L 1 3 Primary Settling Tank L 1 4 Evaporator (Rating) 625 L/Hr. 1 M/s. T. R. Associates 2.17

53 2.9.2 AIR POLLUTION The main source of gaseous emission is flue gas emission from stack attached to Steam Boiler, Thermic Fluid Heater, D. G. Set & process gas Emission from dryer. There will be negligible chance of fugitive emission due to handling and storage of raw material Flue Gas Emission The main source of flue gas emission will be stack attached to Steam boiler, Thermic heater & D. G. Set. The details of the same are given here in Table fluid Table 2.13 Flue Gas stacks details No. Stack attached to Stack Height Fuel used APC 1 Steam Boiler (3 MT) 2 Thermic Fluid Heater (10, 00,000 Kcal/hr) 30 M Briqquetes / Coal 5.55 MT/Day System Bag Filter Expected pollutant PM, SO2, NOx GPCB Limit of pollutant As per GPCB Norms 3 D.G. Set (150 KVA) 6.7 m HSD 20 L/Hr N.A. HC, CO As per GPCB Norms Note: D.G. Set will be only used when power failure. Stack height will be provided as per GPCB guidelines for the proper dispersion of pollutants into the atmosphere. The unit will provide Bag Filter with Steam boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater as an air pollution control measures to control the emission of particulate matter & the flue gas emission will remain well within gaseous emission norms prescribed by the GPCB/CPCB. The technical specifications of proposed Bag Filter are given in Table M/s. T. R. Associates 2.18

54 Table 2.14 Technical Details of Bag Filter Type of Source Steam Boiler (package wet back) & Thermic Fluid Heater Heating Capacity 3 MT & 10,00,000 K Cal./Hr. Fuel used in steam boiler Briqquetes / Coal Temperature at Inlet 185 o C Specific Gravity of Dust 1.29 Input Dust Load 1.25 gm / m 3 Efficiency 92 % No. of bags 361 Type of Cleaning Mechanism Ash Discharge Solenoid Operated Pulsing Valve Air Lock Rotary Valve Air to Cloth ratio 1.02 m 3 /min/m 2 Type of Bags Filter Fabrics Woven Needle Felt Imported Wooven Fibre Glass Water Repellent Process Gas Emission There will be process gas emission from the stack attached with dryer. The details of the same are given here in Table Table 2.15 Process Gas stacks details No. Stack attached to Stack Height Expected pollutant Quality of pollutant 1 Methanol Formaldehyde 11 m Methanol As per GPCB Dryer & Phenol Norms Formaldehyde Dryer APC System Scrubber M/s. T. R. Associates 2.19

55 Fugitive Emission The chance of fugitive emission within premises is mainly due to storage, handling and loading, unloading of raw materials. Other sources of fugitive emission are as follows: Leaks from pressurized process equipment generally occur through valves, pipe connection, mechanical seals or related equipment. Proposed measures to control fugitive emission: To minimize & control leaks at process facilities operators carry out regular leak detection test and repair activities. Routine inspections of process equipment with gas detectors can be used to identify leaks & estimate the leak rate in order to decide an appropriate corrective action. Proper routine maintenance of equipment reduces the likelihood of leaks. Formaldehyde will be transferred through the closed vessel system. Only caustic will be transferred manually. But it is in very less quantity. In that case the industry will provide mask and safety material for that. Industry will carry out monitoring the ambient air quality twice in a year HAZARDOUS/ SOLID WASTE GENERATION The main source of solid waste generation from manufacturing of laminated sheet; shall be resin waste from the manufacturing process. The other source of hazardous waste generation; shall be discarded containers, used oil and ETP sludge. The details of solid / hazardous waste generation and handling / Management are given in Table M/s. T. R. Associates 2.20

56 Table 2.16 Solid Waste/Hazardous Waste details Sr. No. Description Category Quantity Mode of Disposal 1 ETP Sludge MT/Month Collection, storage and Disposal at TSDF Site Collection, storage and used within 2 Used Oil Lit./ Month premises as a lubricant / sold to registered recycler. 3 Discarded Plastic bags MT/ Month Collection, storage & sell to authorized vendor 4 Edge cutting waste MT/Month Collection, storage & disposal at common Incineration facility Fly ash management plan : Boiler capacity: 3 TPH & Thermic fluid heater capacity: 10,00,000 KCal./Hr. Briquettes / Coal consumption in Boiler & Thermic fluid heater: 5.55 MT/Day Fly ash Calculation: As per fuel characteristics; Coal contain 38 % ash Maximum Ash generated from proposed industry; 5.55 MT/Day X 38 % Ash = 2.11 MT/Day = 760 MT/Annum Fly ash will be generated from the proposed Boiler & Thermic fluid heater. It will be stored into silo with proper care and sold to nearby bricks manufacturers. M/s. T. R. Associates 2.21

57 2.9.4 NOISE POLLUTION One of the potential pollutants Noise is an unwanted and excessive sound, which is harmful to health and diminishes the quality of life. The main source of noise pollution from the proposed project will be DG Set and the ancillary sources will be manufacturing process within premises and transportation within and outside the premises CLEANER PRODUCTION M/s. T. R. Associates 2.22

58 CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere have significant impacts on the neighborhood air environment of an industrial project and forms an important part of impact assessment studies. The ambient air quality status with respect to the study zone of 10 km radial distance from the plant site will form the base line information over which the predicted impacts due to the proposed plant can be super imposed to find out the net (Final) impacts on air environment. From the final impacts a viable Environmental Management Plan (EMP) can be prepared based on the impact statement for the air environment. The baseline status of the ambient air quality can be assessed thorough scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has to be based on the following considerations. Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale Topography of the study area Representation of regional background levels Representation of plant site Representation of cross sectional distribution in the downward direction Influence of the existing sources if any, are to be kept at minimum Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status Micrometeorological Data Micro-meteorological data within the project area during the air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution study. The meteorological data recorded during survey period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as serves as an input, to predictive models for air quality impacts. To understand meteorological scenario primary generated and secondary data collected. This data is used in the interpretation of wind scenario. The data collected from the both sources are summarized as follows : M/s. T. R. Associates 3.1.1

59 Table : Meteorological Data Collection Period Primary data (Dec-2014 to February-2015) : Parameters like Wind speed and its direction, Temperature, Humidity and Precipitation collected using Meteorological data Automatic Weather Station (90 days) near to the plant site at >10 m height. Secondary data (Dec-2013 to February-2014) : Secondary data has been collected from the nearest IMD source (Ahmedabad) for temperature, Humidity, Rainfall, wind speed and direction Meteorological Data from IMD (Winter Season) As per the historical data (IMD), collected at (Ahmedabad for 3 months, Dec 2013 to February 2014), the daily maximum temperature recorded in the month of February ( C) and the daily minimum temperature was recorded in the month of January (30.7 o C). Similarly the maximum humidity level was recorded in the month of January (100%) and the minimum humidity levels recorded in the month of February (17%). The maximum mean wind speed (7.0 km/hr) was recorded in the month of January where the minimum mean wind speed 5.0 km/hr in the month of December & February. Table Mean values of Meteorological Data for 3 Months Month Air Temperature, C Humidity, % Mean Wind Max. Min. Max. Min. Speed, Km/hr. December January February Source: As per IMD, Ahmadabad 3 Months data The monthly mean values of meteorological data are shown in the form of wind rose in Fig M/s. T. R. Associates 3.1.2

60 Figure 3.1.1: Wind Rose Diagram for Secondary data collected from IMD Ahmedabad (December 2013 to February 2014) Meteorology Data generated at plant site Meteorology of the study zones plays an important role in the study of air pollution. Micrometeorological conditions at the proposed project site regulate the dispersion and dilution of air pollutants in the atmosphere. For this purpose a weather station was installed near the plant site for three months (December-2014 to February-2015) and recorded hourly observations for the parameters like Maximum and minimum Temperatures (ºC), Relative Humidity (%), Wind Speed (km/hr), Wind direction. The hourly-recorded observations of meteorological data during 12 weeks study period are shown in Annexure - A and depicted in the form of wind roses in Fig M/s. T. R. Associates 3.1.3

61 Fig Meteorological Scenario for Primary data collected at site Wind Roses, Season : Winter, Period : December 2014 to February Comparison of meteorological secondary data with data generated in the field The data generated at continuous monitoring station when compared with the data recorded at IMD are found to be same. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.1.4

62 3.1.2 Selection of AAQ stations A network of seven ambient air-sampling locations has been selected for assessment of the existing status of air environment within the study zone. The heights of the sampling locations were kept between 3 to 6 m in all the locations. After reconnaissance of the area and observing the topographical features and review of the available meteorological data and local conditions the sampling sites were chosen which will be the representative of the local areas under study. Fig Map showing Ambient Air Quality locations Proposed project site M/s. Levin Décor LLP A6 A5 A7 A1 A2 A4 A3 M/s. T. R. Associates 3.1.5

63 Table: ambient air monitoring locations Code Air Locations Direction Distance from project site A1 Project site A2 Poglu* SE 1.24 Km A3 Aminpur* S 2.54 Km A4 Prantij* SW 3.67Km A5 Piludra NW 2.84 Km A6 Salal NNE 3.14 Km A7 Rasulpur NE 2.48 Km Existing AAQ (Pre-project) status Ambient levels of pollutants such as PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and VOC are selected for the sampling. The methodology of sampling and analysis in detail is given in the following tables. Table Air Parameters analyzed and sampling duration Attribute Parameter Frequency of Monitoring PM10, PM2.5, AAQ SO2, NOx & VOC at 7 locations Wind speed, wind Direction, Met. Data Temperature, RH, at one center location 24 hr sampling for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & VOC 2 days per week during 3-month study period. Sampling height varies between 3-6 m above ground level. Primary data: Hourly data collected at site using AWS Secondary data: Available 3 months data obtained from IMD Ahmedabad, recorded 8 times in a day and rainfall once in a day. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.1.6

64 Variables Table Ambient Air Quality - Methodology Pollutant Method of analysis PM10 Particulate Matter 10 IS 5182 (Part 23) (RA 2006) Gases Dust PM2.5 Respirable Suspended Particulate STP No. TRA/STP/AA/02 Based on manual Matter instrument manufactures. SO2 Sulfur dioxide IS 5182 (Part 2): 2001 (RA 2002) NOx Nitrous Oxides IS 5182 (Part 6): 2006 (RA 2002) HC Non Methyl Hydrocarbon IS 5182 (Part 10): 2006 VOC VOC IS 5182 (Part 11): 2006 Various statistical parameters like standard deviation, geometric mean, minimum; maximum concentrations and different percentiles have been computed from the data generated during sampling in all sampling stations Results and Discussion The maximum concentrations are recorded at Project site and at village Salal with PM10 of 84.0 g/m 3. The maximum concentrations are recorded at Project site and Rasulpur village with PM2.5 of 34 g/m 3. The maximum concentrations of SOx found at the village Salal with 24.4 g/m 3. Similarly the maximum concentration of NOx found at Project Site with 21.3 g/m 3. All the above results are found well within the prescribed limits of National Ambient Air Quality standards Hydro Carbon & Volatile organic compounds were found not detected. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.1.7

65 Table no Ambient Air monitoring results Pollutant PM 2.5 μg/m 3 PM 10 μg/m 3 SOx μg/m 3 LOCATION Particular Project Poglu Aminpur Prantij Piludra Salal Rasulpur Site Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean NOx μg/m 3 Min Max Mean * HC (NMHC) = B.D.L. (D.L. = 1ppb) VOC = Not Detected Table no : Percentile Value of Ambient Air monitoring results Project site Min. 35 th 50 th 85 th 98 th Max. AM SD GM PM PM SOx NOx Village: Poglu Min. 35 th 50 th 85 th 98 th Max. AM SD GM PM PM SOx NOx M/s. T. R. Associates 3.1.8

66 Village: Aminpur Min. 35 th 50 th 85 th 98 th Max. AM SD GM PM PM SOx NOx Village: Prantij Min. 35 th 50 th 85 th 98 th Max. AM SD GM PM PM SOx NOx Village: Piludra Min. 35 th 50 th 85 th 98 th Max. AM SD GM PM PM SOx NOx Village: Salal Min. 35 th 50 th 85 th 98 th Max. AM SD GM PM PM SOx NOx Village: Rasulpur Min. 35 th 50 th 85 th 98 th Max. AM SD GM PM PM SOx NOx M/s. T. R. Associates 3.1.9

67 3.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise word come from the Latin word nauseas, it is a loud outcry or commotion that is unpleasant, unexpected, or undesired with various frequencies over the audible range due to the regular activities of the Mankind primarily Noise pollution (or environmental noise) is displeasing human, animal or machine-created sound that disrupts the activity or balance of humans or animals life. The source of most outdoor noise worldwide is mainly evolved from Industries, constructions and transportation systems, including motor vehicle noise, aircraft noise and rail noise, poor urban planning may give rise to noise pollution. Industrial Noise resulting to noise pollution has many reasons such as industries being close to human habitats which prevent the noise from decaying before it reaches human ear. A determination is made of the micro scale impact by predicting anticipated noise levels for each alternative during both construction and operational phases. Predicted noise levels are compared with applicable standards or criteria in order to assess the impact. The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general sound which comprises of many frequency components with different variations in loudness over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loud levels, the response of the human ear to sound is dependent on the frequency of the sound and this has led to the concept of weighting scales. In the "A-weighting" scale, the sound pressure levels for the lower frequencies and higher frequencies are reduced by certain amounts before they are being combined together to give one single sound pressure level value. This value is designated as db (A). The db (A) is often used as it reflects more accurately the frequency response of the human ear. A perceived loud noise has a high db or db (A) value and a soft noise has a low one. The human ear has peak response around 2,500 to 3,000 Hz and has a relatively low response at low frequencies. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.2.1

68 3.2.1 Impact Assessment of Noise Environment The environmental impact assessment of noise for the proposed project was carried out by taking various factors into consideration like potential physiological responses, annoyance and general community responses and also taking all the factors mentioned in the above lines in to considerations the existing status of noise levels within the Study zone, which is a primary requirement for impact assessment studies has been undertaken for the monitoring of baseline noise levels Existing Noise Levels Pre-project noise levels have been monitored at different points within the study zone and on the spot measurement device manufactured by LUTRON SL4001 was used for this purpose. Keeping in view of various local activities such as residential and Industrial activities 7 noise level measurement locations were identified and the sites are depicted in the Fig M/s. T. R. Associates 3.2.2

69 N6 N5 N7 N1 N2 N4 N3 Fig Map Showing Noise Sampling Locations M/s. T. R. Associates 3.2.3

70 Table: Noise Monitoring Locations Codes N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 Station Name Project site Poglu Aminpur Prantij Piludra Salal Rasulpur Methodology of Noise measurement For Noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the time as certain noise levels are exceeding the time interval. The notations for the statistical quantities of noise level are given below: L10 is the noise level exceeded 10% of the time. L50 is the noise level exceeded 50% of the time and L90 is the noise level exceeded 90% of the time Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq) The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level, which is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time. This is calculated from the following equation Leq=L50+(L10 L90) 2 /60 M/s. T. R. Associates 3.2.4

71 Lday is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during Day (6 am to 10 pm). Lnight is defined as the equivalent noise level measured over a Period of time during night (10 pm. 6 am). A noise rating developed by Environment Protection Agency, USEPA for specification of community noise from all the sources is Day-Night Sound Level, (Ldn). Hourly noise recorded data and Lday values (15 hours) Lnight (9 hours) and Ldn (24 Hours) are computed and tabulated. Day Night Sound levels (Ldn): The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is the Day-Night sound Level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except that during night time period (10 pm to 6 am) A 10 db (A) weighting penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. This is time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night when people usually sleep is judged as more annoying than the same noise during the daytime. The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq S, by the following equation. Ldn = 10 log {1/24 [15(10 Ld/10 ) + 9 (10 9Ln + 10 ) /10 ) ] } Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the day time (6 am to 10 pm) and Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night time (10 pm to 6 am). The statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at 7 locations. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.2.5

72 3.2.4 Data Analysis Sound levels will be recorded according to IS: 9989:1991. The recorded sound levels are given in Table Out of all the 7 locations measured for noise levels, the sound levels recorded at project site area is found to be 65.2dBA. Recorded Noise levels are found to be within the standard limits. Table Hourly Noise data (Day and Night timings in Leq db(a)) Sr. No. * 1 Test Parameters Location & Site Code Sport Noise Level in db Project Site N-1 Poglu N-2 Aminpur N-3 Result Prantij N-4 Piludra N-5 Salal N-6 Rasalpur N-7 Day Hours :00-07: :00-08: :00-09: :00-10: :00-11: :00-12: :00-13: :00-14: :00-15: :00-16: :00-17: :00-18: :00-19: :00-20: :00-21: :00-22: Minimum Maximum Day eq Day Limits M/s. T. R. Associates 3.2.6

73 Sampling date Sr. No. * 1 Test Parameters Location & Site Code Sport Noise Level in db Project Site N-1 Poglu N-2 Aminpur N-3 Result Prantij N-4 Piludra N-5 Salal N-6 Rasalpur N-7 Night Hours :00-23: :00-24: :00-01: :00-02: :00-03: :00-04: :00-05: :00-06: Minimum Maximum Night eq Limits D/n eq Sampling date Project site Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Area type M/s. T. R. Associates 3.2.7

74 3.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT Studies on Water Environment aspects of ecosystem is important for Environmental Impact Assessment to identify sensitive issues and take appropriate action by maintaining ecological homeostasis in the early stages of development of the project. The objective of this report is to define the present environment in which the proposed action is to occur, to evaluate all possible eventualities, to ensure that all negative impacts are minimized, and to demonstrate that proposed project has been appropriately announced to all interested parties so that their concerns can be considered. Water quality studies have been carried out in the study area to understand the availability of water resources, possibility of water contamination and existing water quality Water Quality Water of high quality is essential to human life, and water of acceptable quality is essential for Agricultural, industrial, domestic and commercial uses; in addition, most recreation is water based; Therefore, major activities having potential effects on surface water are certain to be of appreciable Concern to the consumers Sample collection and analysis The water resources in the study area may be classified into two major categories like Surface and Ground water sources. Water samples were collected at 9 locations, out of which 2 sample was selected from surface Sources and 7 samples selected from ground water sources for physico-chemical and biological Studies. Parameters like ph, Temperature and DO collected at the time of sampling. For other Parameter analysis the samples were preserved as per the recommended techniques for various Elemental determinations as per `IS: 3025 (part I) These parameters were analyzed as per the procedures specified in Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater Published by American Public Health Association (APHA). Ground water samples results were compared with IS: specification and surface water samples results were compared with CPCB Standards. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.3.1

75 Fig Map showing Water Quality Locations GW6 GW5 GW7 SW1 GW4 GW1 SW2 GW2 GW3 Table: Water Monitoring Locations Codes Water Locations Codes Water Locations GW1 Project site GW6 Salal GW2 Poglu GW7 Rasalpur GW3 Aminpur SW1 Bok River GW4 Prantij SW2 Poglu Lake GW5 Piludra M/s. T. R. Associates 3.3.2

76 Method of Water Sampling The following procedures were used while sampling: Washing the bottles/cans with distilled water prior to the sampling Before collection of water the bottles/cans are again washed 2-3 times with the same water For surface water, Bottles were lowered to a minimum depth of 30 cm below water surface At each point Different sets of water samples were collected so as cover all the parameters Meticulous attention is taken in proper numbering at the site Sterilized bottles were used for the samples that are to be analyzed for bacteria Civil supply water pipeline taps are sterilized before collection for bacteriological analysis Parameters like ph, conductivity and temperature were analyzed in the field conditions and the results were reconfirmed after getting to the laboratory. DO is fixed and titrated in the field itself. Appropriate preservatives are added, depending upon the elements to be analyzed and marked accordingly (IS: 3025 (part I) 1987) All the water samples collected in the ice box, were immediately transported to the laboratory and free zed at <5 o C analysis Field observations were noted in the field notebook As far as possible photographs were taken in almost all sampling points All the parameters have been analyzed as per APHA, 22 nd Edition & IS: Data Analysis The physicochemical and biological analysis of the collected sample results are given in Table 3.3. However sulfates are found to be lower than the required limits. Ground and surface water results are given Table No & M/s. T. R. Associates 3.3.3

77 Impacts No significant impact is anticipated on ground water depletion because the water Requirement is met from bore well. The water procured from bore well will be recycled and zero discharge. Table Water Quality - Physico-chemical Analysis of Ground Water Sr. NO. Test Parameters IS : Sample Code & Location Units Project Site Poglu Aminpur Prantij Desirable Permissible 1 Colour Hazen Odour - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. 3 Taste -- Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. 4 Turbidity NTU Iron (as Fe) mg/l Copper (as Cu) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) Manganese (as Mn) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l Fluoride (as F) mg/l Phenolic Compounds mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) Mercury (as Hg) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.000 B.D.L(DL= B.D.L(DL=0.0005) 5) ) B.D.L(DL=0.0005) Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) Selenium (as Se) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.001) B.D.L(DL=0.001) B.D.L(DL=0.001) B.D.L(DL=0.001) Arsenic (as As) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) Cyanide (as CN) mg/l B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L Lead (as Pb) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) Zinc (as Zn) mg/l Anionic detergents (as MBAS) mg/l B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) Chromium (as Cr 6+ ) g/lit B.D.L(DL=0.03) B.D.L(DL=0.03) B.D.L(DL=0.03) B.D.L(DL=0.03) Polynuclear Aromatic Hydro B.D.L(DL=0.000 B.D.L(DL= mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.0001) carbons 1) ) B.D.L(DL=0.0001) Mineral Oil mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) Pesticides mg/l B.D.L(DL= B.D.L(DL= B.D.L(DL= ) 5) 25) B.D.L(DL= ) Absent Aluminium (as Al) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) Boron MPN/100ml B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) Coliforms MPN/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 10 Sr. NO. Test Parameters IS : Sample Code & Location Units Piludra Salal Rasalpur Desirable Permissible 1 Colour Hazen Odour -- Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. 3 Taste -- Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. 4 Turbidity NTU Iron (as Fe) mg/l Copper (as Cu) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) Manganese (as Mn) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l M/s. T. R. Associates 3.3.4

78 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l Phenolic Compounds mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) Mercury (as Hg) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.0005) B.D.L(DL=0.0005) B.D.L(DL=0.0005) Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) Selenium (as Se) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.001) B.D.L(DL=0.001) B.D.L(DL=0.001) Arsenic (as As) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) Cyanide (as CN) mg/l B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L Lead (as Pb) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) Zinc (as Zn) mg/l Anionic detergents (as MBAS) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) Chromium (as Cr 6+ )mg/l g/lit B.D.L(DL=0.03) B.D.L(DL=0.03) B.D.L(DL=0.03) Polynuclear Aromatic Hydro carbons (as PAH) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.0001) B.D.L(DL=0.0001) B.D.L(DL=0.0001) Mineral Oil mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) Pesticides mg/l mg/l B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) Absent Aluminium (as Al) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) Boron MPN/100ml B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) Coliforms MPN/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent 10 Note: BDL = Below Detection Limit, D.L. = Detection Limit : Permissible Limit is applicable in the absence of Alternate source Table Water Quality - Physico-chemical Analysis of Surface Water No. Characteristics Units SW-1 SW-2 Bok river Poglu Lake Tolerance Limits 1. Colour Hazen ph Conductivity mhos/cm DO mg/l COD mgo2/l BOD(3 days at 270C ) mgo2/l TDS mg/l Chlorides as Cl mg/l Free Ammonia mg/l Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l Calcium as Ca ++ mg/l Magnesium as Mg ++ mg/l Sodium as Na mg/l Potassium as K mg/l Sulphate as SO4 mg/l Nitrate as NO3 mg/l Fluoride as F mg/l Copper as Cu mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) Iron as Fe mg/l Zinc as Zn mg/l Boron as B mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) Arsenic as As mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.004) B.D.L(DL=0.004) Lead as Pb mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) Pesticides g/l Absent Absent Sodium Adsorption Ratio meq/l Total Coliform MPN/100ml M/s. T. R. Associates 3.3.5

79 3.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT Land and ecology study is important for Environmental Impact Assessment to identify sensitive issues and take appropriate action by maintaining ecological homeostasis in the early stages of development of the project. The objective of this report is to define the present environment in which the proposed action is to occur, to evaluate all the possible eventualities, to ensure that all negative impacts are minimized and to demonstrate that the proposed project has been appropriately announce to all the interested parties so that their concerns can be considered. For this purpose baseline data (biotic and abiotic factors) has been studied around 10 km radius of the project. This data has been generated during winter season, December 2014-February METHODOLOGY OF SAMPLE COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS Soil For soil quality analysis 7 sampling sites were chosen to understand physico-chemical and biological status of the soil. The sampling sites are marked in Fig This will establish the baseline characteristics and will facilitate identifying the contamination if any due to the proposed project. Collection of soil samples and analysis Disturbed soil samples were collected from the rotary cuttings and bailers and also from split spoon samplers. Un-disturbed tube samples were collected using thin walled tubes. Soil samples were collected such that structure and moisture content of the soil do not get altered. In accordance with IS: 2720, split samples were carefully extracted from the samplers. Meticulous was paid to collect adequate amount of composite soil samples for analysis. The samples were packed in dependable, waterproof containers and marking specified accurately and distinctly. All the soil samples and core boxes were carefully transported to the testing laboratory. All Soil sampling and analysis will be followed and done by Indian Standard IS M/s. T. R. Associates 3.4.1

80 Parameters analyzed for soil samples were ph, EC, Texture, Heavy metals, Organic carbon, porosity, Bulk density, Nitrogen, Potassium, Magnesium, sulphates etc. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.4.2

81 Fig Map showing Soil Sampling Locations S6 S5 S7 S1 S2 S4 S3 Table: Soil sampling Location Codes Locations Codes Locations S1 Project site S4 Prantij S2 Poglu S5 Piludra S3 Aminpur S6 Salal S7 Rasulpur M/s. T. R. Associates 3.4.3

82 3.4.2 SOIL DATA ANALYSIS The ph of the soil extract varied from 7.45 to The EC varied from 241 to 316 μmhos/cm indicating average type soils. Organic carbon in soils ranged from 3.9 % to 5.2 % revealing the distribution more than sufficient. Nitrogen values ranged between 72 to 98 mg/kg. The Phosphorus levels ranged between 55 to 74 mg/kg. Soil potassium varied from 32 to 41 mg/kg. Table: Physicochemical Parameters of the soil Sr. No. Test Parameters Project Site N-1 Poglu N-2 Aminpur N-3 Results Prantij N-4 Piludra N-5 Salal N-6 Rasalpur N-7 1 EC (mhos/cm) ph Nitrogen (as N) mg/kg Phosphorus (as PO4) mg/kg Potassium (as K) mg/kg Organic Carbon % Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg Sodium (as Na) mg/ kg Sulphate (as SO4) mg/kg Bulk Density gm/cc EC (mhos/cm) Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam M/s. T. R. Associates 3.4.4

83 3.4.3 GEO-HYDROLOGICAL FEATURES (1) Introduction:- Repaid urban, growth and its continuous expansion around Prantij Town, Dist. Sabarkantha has created problems related to water supply, Sewerage/ effluent disposal leading to ground water depletion and pollution. The present report in corporate hydrogeology and ground water scenario based on the scientific information with special reference to Recharge Activity around Prantij town to envisage appropriate remedial measures keeping environmental impact of Prantij development in view. (2) Geology:- The area forms part of North Gujarat Alluvial Plain with elevations ranging from 40 to 50 m MSL. The area is under lain by post Miocene alluvium comprising sand, gravel, silt and clay. The alluvium is about 100 m thick under lain by tertiary formation. The alluvium mainly consists of palaeo deltaic, fluvial and Aeolian sediments, comprising alternate bands of fine to course grained sand, gravel and yellowish brownish sticky clay. (3) Land / Soil Characteristic :- The sub soil condition below the existing ground level are almost uniform in nature. Sub soil is composed of Clay mixed with little fine grained silty sand, moram and Kankar with low resistivity due to clay and soil moisture. The area is covered with recent to sub recent alluvial deposits comprising of brownish clay mixed with little fine grained sand, silty sand. The Soil below ground level consist of top silty low plastic soil layer having no swelling nature. Blockish brown to yellowish brown clayey silt or sand silt layer extends to the depth of 2 to 3 mts. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.4.5

84 (4) Rain Fall:- The average annual rainfall (1980 to 1990) is 775 mm. (10 years) average rain fall of (1991 to 2000) 10 years is 818 mm and average rain fall of last 10 years is 895 mm contributed mainly by Southwestern monsoon active from June to Mid September. Rainfall Data Rainfall Data in Descending Order Sr.No. Year Rainfall in mm Year Rainfall in mm M/s. T. R. Associates 3.4.6

85 Dependable Rainfall = N X P / 100 =21 X 40 /10 = 8.4 i.e.= 8 th Year i.e.= 904 mm Average Rainfall : = 775 mm = 818 mm = 895mm 30 year average Rainfall = 829mm Last 15 years average Rainfall = 897 mm (5) District wise status of ground water Development in Gujarat (1997):- Sabarkantha District:- 1) Gross draft MCM : ) Total Recharge MCM : ) Utilisable Recharge MCM : ) Stage of Development (%) : Source G.O.G 1999 (6) General Information of Taluka Prantij :- Total number of villages = 133 Total area of Taluka in Sq. Kms.= Saline area = NIL Fresh water area = Sq.Kms. Hard rock area = Aluminum area = Sq.Kms Feasibility =Deep Tubewell (D.R.),DCB, Open Well, DTH bore Quality of Groundwater = Potable water Ground water Balance MCM/ Year M/s. T. R. Associates 3.4.7

86 (7) Climate :- The climate of the area is semi arid and is characterized by a hot summers. May is the hottest month with mean daily maximum temperature of 43 0 C. The area has semi arid climate with drought frequency of 34%. (8) Geohydrology :- The litho logical logs of exploratory bore holes, electrical logging results by govt. agencies in and around Prantij Taluka have been studied to understand the subsurface geology and the aquifer system. These bore holes have penetrated the thick sequence of post Miocene sediments down to 80 + m depth. The hydro geological cross sections have been prepared by CGWB to study the subsurface geology and aquifer system in the area. It is reveals that the existence of multilayered aquifer system, within a depth of 80 + m bgl. In general three distances confined aquifer with thickness very from 12 to 30 m can be identified. (9) Ground Water Condition:- In the area under investigation, ground water occurs both under phreatic and confined condition in aranaceous horizons. The occurrence and movement of ground water is mainly controlled by primary porosity of intergranular pore spaces. Ground water is being developed extensively by means of Tube well from deep confined aquifers for water supply both in domestic, industrial and agricultural sector. (10) Depth of Ground Water Table:- Shallow aquifer (Phreatic) development (up to 30m depth) in the area is limited due to rapid urbanization inferior quality and low yields. Based on the data available, it is observed that depth of open wells ranges from 10 to 30 mts. bgl where as depth of shallow bores/hp in M/s. T. R. Associates 3.4.8

87 general ranges from 20 to 50 m bgl. Depth of water level in these wells ranges from 10 to 50 mts. yield of wells is moderate and quality of ground water is variable and ranges from fresh to saline. a. Confined Aquifers:- Deep tubewell tapping confined aquifers are the main ground water withdrawal structure. Due to rapid urban growth, heavy ground water exploitation has resulted in progressive lowering of potential head and discharges. Depths of tubewell have increased from about 30 m inflate sixties to more than 80 m at present. Depth to water level in confined aquifers ranged from 20 to 25 mts. Discharge for tubewell ranged from 5 lps to 10 lps for 3 to 10m of draw downs. The specific capacity of these wells ranges from 1 to 12 lps/m. Aquifer transmissivity and hydraulic conductivity varies from about 100 to 2000 m 2 /day and 1 to 78 m/day respectively. Ground water quality in deeper aquifer generally varies from 800 to 1000 TDS. The area is recharged by canal command are network. b. Water level Fluctuation:- Large scale development of Ground Water from deep aquifers has resulted in progressive decline in water levels. Presently the water level rest more than 25m bgl. and as a consequence discharge have reduced or pumping costs have increased. The rate of decline varies from 2.06 m/yr to m/yr. (11) Feasibility of Source at Poglu, Taluka Prantij :- Around Prantij Taluka is checked on ground water prospect map, prepared by National Remote sensing Agency, Dept. of space, G.O.I Hyderabad map sheet no 46A15 for feasibility of source. The details is as under. Hydro geomorphic unit APC -11 M/s. T. R. Associates 3.4.9

88 Geological sequence :- Recent Sediments Alluvium Sand, silt & Clay Alternating Bends (11) APC - 11 Alluvium Plain Canal Command Depth of water level :- R.W. 6 to 12 mts. T.W. 30 to 60 Recharge condition :- Good Aquifer material :- L.S. Loose Sediments Type of well suitable :- R.W.-Ring well = Depth 15 to 20, yield 50 to 100 m3 per/day T.W. Tubewell = Depth 30 to 80, yield 100 to 200 LPM Homogeneity in the unit :- High Quality of water :- P. Portable Ground water irrigated area :- 70 to 80 % Recharge structure suitable: - CD- Check dam, R.W. Recharge well. Moderate priority Problems/limitations of the area;- It is major unit. It is extensively cultivated by ground water. Ground water can be taped in Sallow alluvium through sallow tubewell. Area is recharged by Canal network. Recharge structures required to protect drinking water sources. (12) Well Inventory of Surrounding Villages of Project area Prantij Taluka:- As per Annexure - 1 (13) Catchment Area:- Catchment area of the Project : M 2 Rainfall (Dependable) :-904mm i.e. (0.904m.) A. Built up area : Sq. mts. B. Green Belt Area (33%) Gardening area : m 2 M/s. T. R. Associates

89 C. Road area : m 2. D. Remaining open plot area : m 2 A. Built up area, Suitable for Roof top Rain water Harvesting : m 2 Runoff co-efficient for RTH :- 0.7 Net rain water available for Roof Top rain water Harvesting = 5050 x 0.7 x m 3 = m 3 B. Gardening Area (33%) : M 2 Runoff co-efficient :- 0.5 Net rain water available from Gardening belt area (Gardening Area) = 4519 x 0.5 x m 3 = m 3 C. Road area : M 2 Runoff co-efficient :- 0.6 Net rain water available from Road area = x 0.6 x m 3 = m 3 D. Remaining open plot area : M 2 Runoff co-efficient :- 0.2 Net rain water available from Road area = x 0.2 x m 3 = m 3 Total Rain water available for recharge from Project = A + B + C +D = m 3 water M/s. T. R. Associates

90 = m 3 water available for recharge Says 6450 M 3 water (Run off co-efficient is as per CGWB guideline) (14) EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment:- EIA is to identify, Predict, mitigate and communicate the possible impact due to proposed project. Industries require water for processing, cooling, boiler feed and other miscellaneous uses such as washing, maintenance of yards and domestic requirement in townships. Mostly the industrial uses are non-consumptive, thus making reuse through recycling and other conservation measures possible. The amount of water consumed for any product, varies widely depending upon the processes used, plant efficiency, technology employed, the degree to which water is re-circulated and other factors. Industrial waste may contain different kinds of toxic pollutants, which if untreated may result in contamination of water resources. Treatment of industrial waste water and recycling are essential to conserve water resources. Main source of water is GWIL within the plant site. Use of water for industrial purpose causes negative impact on the environment. However the select process is eco-friendly. The proponent is going for rain water harvesting by recharge tubewell, which will also used in development of green belt. The development of green belt improves the moist conditions in the soil and control thermal radiation. Due to rain water harvesting, ground water quality will be improved in due course. Used of water of GWIL for industrial purpose cause Positive impact on the environment. Rain water harvesting by RTRWH will come back and control the negative impact of environment. Treatment of industrial waste water and recycling are essential to conserve water resources. The quantum of recharge should be equal to or more than the proposed withdrawal or consumption. Efficient utilization of recycled water and reuse of water should be mandatory. Water audit measures to be adopted for ensuring minimum use of water. M/s. T. R. Associates

91 Runoff from the entire project area is to be collected for using industrial demand. Treated water shall not be used for recharge to ground water. Only filtered rain water shall be used for recharge ground water LAND USE STATUS The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radius study area from the project site has been prepared using IRS P6 LISS-III satellite image procured from NRSC (National Remote sensing Centre), Hyderabad. Land use pattern of the study area as well as the catchment area was carried out by standard methods of analysis of remotely sensed data and followed by ground truth collection (Bench mark) and interpretation of satellite data. The outcome of land use study has been presented below in subsequent table and figures. The data was processed through ArcGIS Software tools available with ESRI Package. The Land use map of the 10 Km study area is presented in Figure Land use & land cover classification results Land Cover is the physical material at the surface of the earth (it include grass, asphalt, trees, bare ground, water, etc.) whereas Land use is the human use of land. Land Use involves the management and modification of natural environment or wilderness into built environment such as fields, pastures, and settlements. It has also been defined as "the arrangements, activities and inputs people undertake in a certain land cover type to produce, change or maintain it". There is no one ideal classification of land use and land cover, and i t is unlikely that one could ever be developed. There are different perspectives in the classification process, and the process itself tends to be subjective, even when an objective numerical approach is used. Concepts concerning land cover and land use activity are closely related and in many cases have been used interchangeably. The purposes for which lands are being used commonly have associated types of cover, whether they are forest, agricultural, residential, or industrial. M/s. T. R. Associates

92 Remote sensing image-forming devices do not record activity directly. The remote sensor acquires a response which is based on many characteristics of the land surface, including natural or artificial cover. The interpreter uses color, tones, textures, shapes, size, patterns, and site associations to derive information about land use activities from what is basically information about land cover. To begin with, there is considerable diversity of opinion about what constitutes land use, although present use of land is one of the characteristics that are widely recognized as significant for planning and management purposes. The classification must be scientifically defensible presenting a logical progression of its applicability over large areas, amenable for use with remote sensor data. The classification scheme is adopted for extracting information for on most possible land use/land cover classes in general and all the agricultural seasons in particular and hence enable to repeat the process at regular time intervals. The present Land use / Land cover map for the proposed project activity is prepared by current vintage of satellite image. This report thus will enable assessing the impact on land use pattern in the study area due to the proposed project activity. (A) DATA USED Current vintage data of Indian Remote Sensing satellite IRS P6 LISS III digital FCC (False Color Composite) has been used for preparation of Land use/ Land cover thematic map of study area. Survey of India toposheet as a reference map on 1:50,000 scale has been used for preparation of base layer data like road, rail network, village and mine site and for geo referencing of satellite image. Technical Details Satellite Image - IRS P6 LISS III Satellite Data Source - NRSC, Hyderabad Software Used - Earth Resources Data Analysis System (ERDAS) Imagine 9.2 and ArcGis10. M/s. T. R. Associates

93 (B) METHODOLOGY Land use / Land cover map preparation, Base map creation; Geometric and Radiometric correction of satellite image has been processed using ERDAS Imagine 9.2 Software. Salient features of the adopted methodology are given below: Acquisition of satellite data. Preparation of base map from Survey of India toposheets. Data analysis using visual interpretation techniques. Ground truth studies or field checks. Finalization of the map. Digitization using heads up vectorisation method. Area calculation for statistics generation. (C) INTERPRETATION OF REMOTE SENSING DATA Satellite images are composed of array of grid, each grid has a numeric value that is known as digital number. Smallest unit of this grid is known as a pixel that captures reflectance of ground features represented in terms of Digital number, each representing specific land features. Using image classification technique, the satellite data is converted into thematic information, map based on the user s knowledge about the ground area. Hybrid technique has been used i.e. visual interpretation and digital image processing for identification of different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spectral signature of geographic feature. Spectral signature represents various land use classes. Image interpretation keys are developed based on image characteristics like color, tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, shadow, association etc, which enables interpretation of satellite images for ground feature. Training sites are then assigned based on their spectral signature and interpretation elements. Using image classification algorithm land use map is generated. A total of seven land use/land cover classes have been demarcated in the study area following Level I, II and III classification (Table 1). A thematic map suitable for 1:25,000 scale map M/s. T. R. Associates

94 generation incorporating these classified categories has been prepared and considering that the area of the project is considerably small a large scale map is prepared (Fig.1). The area as a whole represents plain area with very gentle sloping to nearly level area and it is also observed that the major river the Sabarmati is flowing from north to south and minor stream ( hathmati, and khari ) are linked with these one main river channel ( Sabarmati ) debouche into the Gulf of cambay. Medium level industrial zone covered for 1.34 sq km, the total land area of scrub land covered 2.53 sq km and sq km area covered under agriculture land as well as plantation / Horticulture is 1.75 sq km has developed mainly in the area adjacent to the rivers. The adjoining area of project site is totally agricultural land including Kharif,Rabi and Summer crop, constitute the dominant category of land use covering as much as sq km of the total area. Active river canal forming the perennial water body together with the numerous open & wastelands form a major and minor land cover category. Active river and its tributaries flowing into it cover about sq km of the total project area. Due to large seasonal variation in discharge of these rivers, the area coverage of this category various in space and time. The consistently shifting nature of the (canal name) and consequent bank migration has resulted in large uncultivated & rural settlement along the active plain area towards the site location. These areas are perennially waterlogged dry and settlement development area the project site is located within the uncultivated land area significant distribution. The land use for settlement is mostly confined to Table: Land use / Land cover classification S.No. LULC Class Area (Sq.Km2) Percentage 1 Built up land (Urban/Rural) Industry Kharif crop land Rabi crop land Zaid cropland Double/triple crop land Plantations / Horticulture Gullied / Ravinous land Land with scrub Land without scrub Water bodies: Rivers/Streams/Lakes/canal TOTAL M/s. T. R. Associates

95 the rural and urban settlement (built up-rural) 9.90 sq km and land without scrub feature 22.0 sq km of the total area & as such there is no current fallow land because the satellite used is of March month when most of the crop is towards senence or maturity. Gullied and ravenous land ie sq km is observed along the rivers and due to rains erosion can been seen across it along with plantation on the top. Fig Land use and Land cover map of the 10 km radius of the study area M/s. T. R. Associates

96 Fig Satellite Image of the 10 km radius of the study area M/s. T. R. Associates

97 Fig Infrastructure Map of the 10 km radius of the study area TOPOGRAPHY The topographic feature & drainage pattern of the study area has been studied from SRTM3, 2008 data having resolution of 3 arc seconds. The toposheet have been analysed using GIS application to generate the contour line at interval of 10 Kms considering one elevated area in the study region. Further, the digital elevation data have been analysed to determine the slope & elevation profiles of the each individual villages of the study area as well as whole study area to ascertain the landform of the villages and study area. It has been observed that the major area of study area is levelled plain to nearly level with small slopes. Two areas in the study region have been noticed with considerably medium slope near village Pilundra and Poglu making the landform of small slopes indicating small plain with the elevation profile. Over all slope direction of the study area is noticed towards north to south west. M/s. T. R. Associates

98 The maximum elevation and higher slope is found near northern part of Dalpur, Katwad and Salal village where a medium height is situated. The generated streams indicated that the most of the area are covered by two main stream ie Sabarmati, Hathmati and Khari river flowing through the north southern area and downstream merges with major river ie. Sabarmati. Besides it is also observed that the minor stream are linked with these one main drainage channel and are sufficient to take care of draining the runoff during probable high rainfall to avoid flooding in the region. Topography of the area is characterized by dominating plain area with very gentle sloping to nearly level area. DIGITAL ELEVATION MODEL Digital Elevation Models are data files that contain the elevation of the terrain over a specified area, usually at a fixed grid interval over the "Bare Earth". The intervals between each grid points will always be referenced to some geographical coordinate system. This is usually either latitudelongitude or UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator) coordinate systems. The closer are together the grid points, more detailed information will be in the file. The detail s of the peaks and valleys in the terrain will be better modelled with small grid spacing than when the grid interval s are very large. Elevations other than at the specific grid point locations are not contained in the file. As a result peak points and valley points not coinciding with the grid will not be recorded in the file. For practical purpose this "Bare Earth" DEM is generally synonymous with a Digital Terrain Model (DTM) (A) DATA USED DEM Data: Shuttle Radar Topographic Mission (SRTM) data Software Used: ERDAS Imagine 9.2 & Arc GIS 10. M/s. T. R. Associates

99 PHYSIOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE PATTERN The area of the project site is located in the western part of Sabarkantha District of Gujarat state. Topography of the area is characterized by very gentle sloping area to level to nearly level. A Perennial river, i.e. Sabarmati and seasonal river Khari and Hathmati, drains through the study area and merges into Gulf of cambay. Fig Topography map of the 10 km radius of the study area M/s. T. R. Associates

100 3.4.6 ECOLOGY STATUS Macro Level Approach: Secondary data collection Collection and collation of project related secondary information. Rapid survey of the project area to identify existing major habitat types within it (Wilderness area, Agriculture, Wasteland and Wetlands, i.e., village ponds, tanks, reservoirs and riverine) Micro Level Approach- Field Data Collection Micro level fileld approach involved mainly the survey-based primary data collection on various biodiversity components of the project objectives. The field data collection mainly included biodiversity assessment of different life forms of floral speies such as; trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and grass. Faunal diversity was also assessed by inventorying the major group like herpetofauna (reptiles and amphibians), birds (terrestrial and aquatic) and mammals. A. BIODIVERSITY STATUS FLORA Status of floral diversity was assessed in representative habitats of each type like; wastelands which include: open scrub forest and Prosopis juliflora thickets, semi-wilderness area, agricultural hedge, near human habitation, plantation, stream and river beds and wetlands (inland). This section discuses the ecological status of biota for the M/s. Levin Décor LLP. The baseline status of biota (plant and animals) discussed at various site-specific as well as habitat specific. A1. Taxonomical Status Within the sample plots of the study areas, a total of 136 plant species belong to 114 genera and 36 families were recorded. In addition, dicotyledons are dominant plant group and representated by 122 species (89.71%) (Table 3.4.4). In addition, maximum species (106 Nos.) were recorded from

101 agriculture/settelment habitat and followed by riverine/wetland habitat (64 species), wasteland habitat (58 species) and widerness areas (42 species) (Table ). Table Taxonomic Status of plant species Taxonomical status Dicotyledons Monocotyledons Overall Families Genera Species Relative % % % 100 % A2. Status of Life form Study area reported 136 plant species and they formed 13 sub-categories of lifeforms within five main categories. Among the life forms, herb was dominated by recording 51 species and contributed maximum of 37.50% of the total list of plants followed by trees (41 species and 30.15%). Third dominating life form was shrub species (25) and shared 18.83%. The contribution other life forms was less than 10% of the species list (Table 3.4.5). Table 3.4.5: Life form Status of plant species. Life Form Nos. Relative % Herb Aquatic Herb 3 Herb Grass Grass 10 Sedge Climber Climber 4 Parasite 1 Twiner Woody Twiner 1 Shrub Shrub 13 Straggling Shrub Under Shrub 8 Tree Tree 32 Small Tree TOTAL

102 A3. Common/Domestic Tree species A total of 22 common tree species were identified with a total of 41 trees within the sample plots of the study area. Among the species, Acacia nilotica, Azadirachta indica, Holoptelea integrifoli and Cassia siamea was enumerated maximum times in and around the settlement areas (Table & Table ). Table : Common Tree species Sr. No. Species Name Local Name Habit Family 1 Acacia nilotica (L.) Del. subsp. indica(bth.) Brenan Deshi Baval, Bavar Kalo Tree Mimosaceae 2 Acacia tortalis (Forsk.) Hayne. Israil Baval Tree Mimosaceae 3 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Arduso Tree Simaroubaceae 4 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth. Karo Sirish Tree Mimosaceae 5 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Limbdo, Neem Tree Meliaceae 6 Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Del. Hingor, Ingoriyo Small Tree Balanitaceae 7 Cassia fistula L. Garmaro Tree Caesalpiniaceae 8 Cassia siamea Lam. Kasid Tree Caesalpiniaceae 9 Casuarina equisetifolia L. Sharu Tree Casuarinaceae 10 Cordia gharaf (Forsk.) E.&.A. Nana Gundi Tree Ehretiaceae 11 Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. Sisam Tree Fabaceae 12 Delonix regia (Boj.) Raf. Gulmohor Tree Caesalpiniaceae 13 Derris indica (Lam.) Bennet Karanj Tree Fabaceae 14 Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Nilgiri Tree Myrtaceae 15 Ficus benghalensis L. Vad Tree Moraceae 16 Ficus religiosa L. Piparo, Piplo Tree Moraceae 17 Holoptelea integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Kanaji Tree Ulmaceae 18 Mangifera indica L. Ambo, Kheri Tree Anacardiaceae 19 Moringa oleifera Lam. Saragvo Tree Moringaceae 20 Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thw. Asopalav Tree Annonaceae 21 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khijado, Shami Tree Mimosaceae 22 Zizyphus mauritiana Lam. Mota Bor Small Tree Rhamnaceae

103 A4. Wild/Forest Tree Species Within the study area only 6 wild/forest tree species have been recorded which were belonging to 5 families and 5 genera. Since the area are dominant with agriculture habitat, and hence, very few trees were recorded under this category (Table & Table ) and it indicates low density of wild tree species in and around the study area. Table 3.4.7: Wild/Forest Tree species Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family 1 Acacia chundra (Roxb. Ex Rottl.) Willd. Katho, Kher Tree Mimosaceae 2 Acacia senegal (L.) Willd. Kher, Gorad Tree Mimosaceae 3 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Kesudo, Khakharo Tree Fabaceae 4 Commiphora wightii (Arn.) Bhandari Gugar Small Tree Burseraceae 5 Diospyros cordifolia Roxb. Deeki Small Tree Ebenaceae 6 Madhuca indica J. F. Gmel. Mahudo Tree Sapotaceae A5. Status of Agriculture Crops Based on the intensive field survey in and around the agricultural area and dialogue with the local farmers a total of 12 species have been listed from the study area as crop species. The crops list includes 6 grains/seeds & commercial, 3 fruits and 3 vegetable species. Fruit and vegetable crops were found cultivated along the agricultural hedges in a small extent of area (Table & Table ). In the study area, Kapas (Gossypium herbaceum), Arando (Ricinus communis) and Bajri (Pennisetum typhoides) are the major crops cultivated extensively

104 Table 3.4.8: List of Agriculture and Other Crop Species Recorded Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Cash Crops 1 Ricinus communis L. Arando Shrub Euphorbiaceae 2 Gossypium herbaceum auct. Non L. var. acerifolium (Guill. & Perr.) Chevalier Kapas, Desi Kapas Shrub Malvaceae Seeds Crops 3 Arachis hypogaea L. Mugfari Herb Fabaceae 4 Oryza sativa L. Bhat, Chokha Grass Poaceae 5 Pennisetum typhoides A. Rich. Bajri, Bajaro Grass Poaceae 6 Triticum asetivum L. Ghahun Grass Poaceae Vegetable Crops 7 Brassica oleracea var.botrytis L. Fulawar Herb Brassicaceae 8 Brassica oleracea var.capitata L. Cobi Herb Brassicaceae 9 Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp. Tuver Herb Fabaceae Fruit Crops 10 Citrus limon (L.) Burm. Limbu, Rasalu Small Tree Rutaceae 11 Mangifera indica L. Ambo, Kheri Tree Anacardiaceae 12 Manilkara zapota (L.) Van Royen Chiku Tree Sapotaceae B. BIO DIVERSITY STATUS - FAUNA B1 Herpetofauna Status of herpetofauna was assessed using Intensive Time Constrained Search Method covering different micro habitats (Welsh, 1987, Welsh and Lind 1991). This intensive search was made in different habitat types randomly selected

105 B2 Birds Avifaunal status was assessed both in terrestrial and aquatic habitats. Total count or flock count method was adopted to assess the status of aquatic birds in the existing water bodies (Sridharan 1989 and Bhupathy 1991). Point count method was used to assess the status of terrestrial birds (Bibby et al., 1992 and Hutto et al., 1986). The second technique adopted was area search method (Dieni and Jones 2002), a time area constrained survey technique that has been widely and commonly used in several bird monitoring programs. B3. Mammals Status and distribution of different mammal species was quantified using Direct count Vehicle transects (travelling between the sampling location) (Burnham et al. 1980) and indirect evidences within the survey areas (Rodgers 1988 and Sale and Berkmuller, 1988). Indirect evidences like, Pellet, dung, tracks (Thommpson et al 1989, Allen et al 1996), scat count (Henke and knowlton 1995) and other signs were enumerated using standered method for nocturnal species (Daniels 1992). Presence of different faunal species was also substantiated by interviewing the local people and experts with pictorial representation. B4. Herpetofauna The buffer zone area covering 5 km radius reported overall 7 species belong to 7 genus and 6 families. Within the buffer zone, among the habitats types maximum of five species were enered along the villages of Hathmati and Khari rivers (discussed and collected information from local people) followed by three species in agriculture areas and two species in other habitats (Table 3.4.9)

106 Table 3.4.9: Taxonomical Status of Herpetofauna Family & Species name Common and Local Name IUCN Status FROGS/ Ranidae 1 Euphlyctis LR-nt Skittering Frog (Dedako) cyanophlyctis LIZARDS/ Gekkonidae 2 Hemidactylus brookii Spotted Indian House Gecko (Garodi) LR-lc AGAMIDS/ Agamidae 3 Calotes versicolor Indian Garden Lizard (Kachindo) LR-nt 4 Sitana ponticeriana Fan-Throated Lizard (Kachindi) LR-lc SNAKES/ Boidae 5 Eryx johnii Eastern Red Sand Boa (Dhomalo) LR-lc SNAKES/ Colubridae 6 Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake (Nag) LR-nt TURTLES/ Trionychidae 7 Indian Mud or Flap-shell Turtle - Lissemys punctata (Kachbo) LR-nt- Lower risk near threatened and LR-Ic- Lower risk least concern B5. Birds (Terrestrial and Aquatic) Status of terrestrial and aquatic birds was assessed during latter part of winter and summer and reported a total of 38 species belongs to 37 genera and 31 families in the buffer zone of study area (Table ). Habitat specific abundance resulted more contribution was from agriculture and habitation areas; and there is no any permanent aquatic habitat existing within it, therefore during the study period aquatic avifauna was reported from the nearby wetland and reservoir

107 As discussed with local villagers and farmers, Sarus Crane also seen several times in and around their areas; but, during our survey we could not able to record this species within our project areas, and hence, we are not mentioning herewith this species in our list. Table : Overall Status of Terrestrial and Aquatic Birds S. No. Order, Family and Species Common English Name MS Sch. FG GALLIRORMES Phasianidae 1 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl R I G ANSERIFORMES Anatidae 2 Sarkidiornis melanotos Comb Duck R IV A UPUPIFORMES Upupidae 3 Upupa epops Common Hoopoe RM IV I CORACIIFORMES Coraciidae 4 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller R IV I Alcedinidae 5 Alcedo Hercules Common Kingfisher R IV P Dacelonidae 6 Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Kingfisher R IV P Cerylidae 7 Ceryle rudis Lesser Pied Kingfisher R IV P Meropidae 8 Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater R IV I CUCULIFORMES Cuculidae 9 Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel R IV F Centropodidae 10 Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal R IV O PSITTACIFORMES Psittacidae 11 Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet R IV F APODIFORMES Apodidae 12 Apus affinis House(Little) Swift R IV I STEIGIFORMES Strigidae 13 Athene brama Spotted Owlet R IV C

108 S. No. Order, Family and Species Common English Name MS Sch. FG COLUMBIFORMES Columbidae 14 Columba livia Rock Pigeon R IV G 15 Streptopelia tranquebarica Red-collared Dove R IV G GRUIFORMES Rallidae 16 Gallinula chloropus Common Moorhen R IV A 17 Fulica atra Common Coot R IV A CICONIFORMES Scolopacidae 18 Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper R IV A Charadriidae 19 Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing R IV I Accipitridae 20 Accipiter badius Shikra R I C 21 Circius melanoleucos Pied Harrier RM I C Falconidae 22 Falco tinnunculus Common Kestral RM IV C Phalacrocoracidae 23 Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant R IV A Ardeidae 24 Ardea cinerea Grey Heron RM IV A 25 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret R IV AI Threskiornithidae 26 Threskiornis melanocephalus Black-headed Ibis RM IV A 27 Pseudibis papillosa Black Ibis R IV I PASSERIFORMES Corvidae 28 Corvus splendens House Crow R V I 29 Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo R IV I Muscicapidae 30 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin R IV I Sturnidae 31 Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna R IV I 32 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna R IV I Hirundinidae 33 Hirundo daurica Red-rump Swallow R IV I Pycnonotidae 34 Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul R IV I Sylviidae 35 Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler R IV G Alaudidae 36 Galerida cristata Crested Lark R IV GI

109 S. No. Order, Family and Species Common English Name MS Sch. FG Nectariniidae 37 Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird R IV N Passeridae 38 Passer domesticus House Sparrow R IV G MS= Migratory Status, M= Migratory, R= Resident, RM= Resident migratory; Sch= Schedule as per Wildlife Protection Act 1972; and FG= Feeding Guild, O= Omnivore, G= Granevore, P= Pisivore, C= Carnivore, I= Insectivore, A= Aquatic. B6. Status of mammals As discussed with local people, within buffer zone only seven species of mammalian fauna was reported and each belongs to separate family/group. None of the family reported more than one species and showed low species richness (Table ). Since the study area dominated by agriculture habitat, mammalian fauna showed low species richness. Table : Overall Status of Mammals S. No. Scientific Name Species Food Habit WPA,1972 Status Bovidae 1 Boselaphus tragocamelus (Pallas, III 1766) Nilgai Herbivore Canidae 2 Canis aureus (Linnaeus, 1758) Golden Jackal Omnivore II Herpestidae 3 Herpestes edwardsii (E.Geoffroy II Saint-Hilaire,1818) Grey Mongoose Omnivore Hyaenidae 4 *Hyaena hyaena (Linnaeus,1758) Striped Hyena Scavenger - Hystricidae 5 Indian - *Hystrix indica (Kerr,1792) Porcupine Herbivore Suidae

110 6 Sus scrofa (Linnaeus,1758) Wild Boar Herbivore III Anon The Wildlife (Protection) Act, Ammended Natraj Publication, Dehra Dun. 154 p. * Information collected through interviewed with local maldharies/farmers etc. B7. THREATENED PLANTS AND ANIMALS AND CONCLUSION NOTE This study reported a total of 136 plant species, 7 herpetofauna, 38 birds and 6 species of mamamals from the buffer zone of M/s. Levin Décor LLP. However, no threatened biodiversity reported with highest density or richness from the core and buffer zones of the study area. No true multi species forest type was recorded in the vicinity of the five kilometer radii in and around the project site. It clearly indicates the low productive potential of the terrestrial ecosystem. Since the project associated activities do not required any additional land, the terrestrial ecosystem is considerably free from the project related impacts. In addition, all the terrestrial systems are dominated by resident species. Common mammalian species like Jackal, Nilgai and Wild Boar were more abundant close to the project sites. In case of Sarus Crane and our observation from the recorded sites as local peoples perception close to the Ambawada talav and adjoining agriculture habitats further support that the birds do not get disturbed due to the project activities due to more than 10 kms. distance

111 REFERENCE Ali, S. (2002). Book of Indian Birds. Bombay Natural History Society and Oxford university press. Thirteenth Edn.Pp Anon The Wildlife (Protection) Act Amended Natraj Publication, Dehra Dun. 154 p. Bhandari, M. M. (1990). Flora of the Indian Desert. Scientific publishers. Jodhpur, Rajasthan. 435 PP. Bhupathy, S Population and Resource Utilisattion of Waterfowl in Keoladeo National Park, Bharatpur. Ph.D. Thesis, Rajasthan University, Jaipur. Bibby, C.J., N.D., Burgerss and D.A. Hill. 1992b. Bird Census techniques, Academic Press, London. Daniels R.J.R Amphibians of Peninsular India. Universities press (India) Private limited. First Edn. pp Daniel J.C The Book of Indian Reptiles and Amphibians. Bombay Natural History Society and Oxford university press. pp Dieni, J.S. and jones, S.L A field test of the area search method for measuring breeding birds population, J. Field Ornithology, 73: Grimmett, R., Inskipp, C., Inskipp, T., Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Oxford University Press. New Delhi. Pp Hocking D. (ed) Trees for Drylands. Oxford and IBH Publication Co Pvt Ltd. New Delhi. Pp 370. Hutto, R.L., S.M. Pletsechel and P. Hendrick A fixed radius point method for non breeding season use. The Auk. 103: IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Species Survival Commission (SSC) IUCN, Gland, Switzerland. Kershaw, A.S Sampling test of Comparison and application of quadrate measures Pp: In: Quantitative and Dynamic Plant Ecology. Second edition. William Clowes and Sons Limited, London. Molur, s and S. Walker Report of the workshop Conservation Assessment and Management Plan for reptiles of India (BCPP Endangered species Project), Zoo Outreach Organization, Conservation Breeding Specialist Group, India, Coimbatore, India 175 pp. Molur S and S Walker (eds) Report of the Workshop Conservation Assessment and Management Plan CAMP for Mammals of India, (BCPP - Endangered Species Project, Zoo Outreach Organisation, Conservation Breeding Specialist Group, India, Coimbatore, India, 176 P

112 Mueller-Dombois, D and H. Ellensberg Aims and Methods of Vegetation Ecology. John Wiley& Sons, New York.545.p. Prater. S. H. (2005). The Book of Indian Animals. Bombay Natural History Society and Oxford University press 12 th Edn. pp Ravi Chellam., Joshua, J., Williams, C.A. and Johnsingh A.J.T Survey of potential site for re-introduction of Asiatic Lions. Final Report. Wildlife Institute of India, 39 pp. Rodgers, W.A Technique for Wildlife Census in India, A field Manual. Technical Manual. TM2. Wildlife Institute of India, Dehra Dun. India.81pp. Sabnis, S.D and K.S. Rao Rare and Endangered Endemics of South Eastern Kutch. Pp : In: Assessment of Threatened Plants of India. S.K. Jain and R.R. Rao (eds). Botanical Survey of India. Sale, J.B. and K. Berkmuller, Manual of Wildlife Techniques for India. FAO, United Nation s India Establishment of Wildlife Institute of India Dehra Dun. Shah, G. L Flora of Gujarat State. University Press, Sardar Patel University. Vallabh Vidyanagar.174 PP. Singh, H.S National Heritage of Gujarat. GEER foundation, Gandhinagar. 262.Pp. WCMC Status Report as of 24th November Gujarat Print out from plant database. BG-BASE World Conservation Monitoring Center, Cambridge. Chapman and Hall, London

113 Table : Habitat-wise checklist of Plant Species recorded in and around the Plant area Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Habitat Agriculture/Settlement Riverine/Wetland Wilderness Wasteland 1 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sw. subsp. indicum Kanski Acacia nilotica (L.) Del. subsp. indica(bth.) Brenan Under Shrub Malvaceae Deshi Baval, Bavar Kalo Tree Mimosaceae 2 3 Acacia tortalis (Forsk.) Hayne. Israil Baval Tree Mimosaceae 4 Acalypha indica L. Dadario, Dadro Herb Euphorbiaceae 5 Acacia senegal (L.) Willd. Kher, Gorad Tree Mimosaceae 6 Achyranthes aspera L. var. argentea Hook. f. Andhedi, Anghedo Herb Amaranthaceae Achyranthes aspera L. var. porphyristachya 7 Hk. f. Andhedi Herb Amaranthaceae 8 Aerva persica (Burm.f.) Merrill Bur, Gorakh Ganjo Herb Amaranthaceae 9 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Arduso Tree Simaroubaceae 10 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth. Karo Sirish Tree Mimosaceae 11 Alternanthera pungens H. B. & K. Kantaro Bhangaro Herb Amaranthaceae 12 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) DC. Jar Bhaji, Jar Bhangaro Herb Amaranthaceae 13 Amaranthus spinosus L. Jangali tandaljo Herb Amaranthaceae 14 Apluda mutica L. DungarauGas Grass Poaceae 15 Arachis hypogaea L. Mugfari Herb Fabaceae 16 Argemone mexicana L. Darudi Herb Papaverceae 17 Aristida adscensionis L. subsp. adscensionis Lampadu Grass Poaceae 18 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Limbdo, Neem Tree Meliaceae Small Tree Balanitaceae 19 Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Del. Hingor, Ingoriyo 20 Bergia ammannioides Roxb. ex Roth Jal Ukharad Herb Elatinaceae 21 Boerhavia elegans Choisy Punnarva Herb Nyctaginaceae

114 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Habitat Agriculture/Settlement Riverine/Wetland Wilderness Wasteland 22 Borreria articularis (L.f.) F.N. Will. - Herb Rubiaceae Straggling 23 Bougainvillea spectabilis Wild. - Shrub Nyctaginaceae 24 Brassica oleracea var.botrytis L. Fulawar Herb Brassicaceae 25 Brassica oleracea var.capitata L. Cobi Herb Brassicaceae 26 Cajanus cajan (L.) Millsp. Tuver Herb Fabaceae 27 Calotropis gigantea (L.) R. Br. Moto/Safed Akado Shrub Asclepiadaceae 28 Calotropis procera (Ait.) R. Br. Akado Shrub Asclepiadaceae 29 Capparis decidua (Forsk.) Edgew. Ker, Kerdo Under Shrub Capparaceae Straggling 30 Capparis sepiaria L. Kanther Shrub Capparaceae 31 Cardiospermum halicacabum L. Kag Doriyu Herb Sapindaceae 32 Carica papaya L. Papaya, Papayu Tree Caricaceae 33 Cassia auriculatal. Avar, Aval, Avali Shrub Caesalpiniaceae 34 Cassia fistula L. Garmaro Tree Caesalpiniaceae 35 Cassia occidentalis L. Sundaro, Kasundro Herb Caesalpiniaceae 36 Cassia siamea Lam. Kasid Tree Caesalpiniaceae 37 Casuarina equisetifolia L. Sharu Tree Casuarinaceae 38 Celosia argentea L. Lampadi Herb Amaranthaceae 39 Cenchrus biflorus auct. Dhaman, Anjan Grass Poaceae 40 Citrus limon (L.) Burm. Limbu, Rasalu 41 Clerodendrum inerme (L.) Gaertn. Vad Mendhi Herb Verbenaceae Small Tree Rutaceae Small Tree Verbenaceae 42 Clerodendrum multiflorum (Burm.f.) O. Arni 43 Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt Tindora, Ghiloda Climber Cucurbitaceae 44 Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Diels Vevdi, Vevti, Vagval Straggling Shrub Menispermaceae

115 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Habitat Agriculture/Settlement Riverine/Wetland Wilderness Wasteland 45 Cocos nucifera L. Nariar Tree Arecaceae 46 Coldenia procumbens L. Ukharad Herb Boraginaceae 47 Commiphora wightii (Arn.) Bhandari Gugar Small Tree Burseraceae 48 Convolvulus microphyllus (Roth) Sieb. ex Spr. Dholi Sankhavali Herb Convolvulaceae 49 Corchorus aestuans L. Kag Shing Herb Tiliaceae 50 Cordia dichotoma Forst. Gunda Tree Ehretiaceae 51 Cordia gharaf (Forsk.) E.&.A. Nana Gundi Tree Ehretiaceae 52 Cucumis prophetarum L. Kantalo Indranan Climber Cucurbitaceae 53 Cucumis sativus L. Kakad, Kakadi Climber Cucurbitaceae 54 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Amarvel Parasite Cuscutaceae 55 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Dhrab Grass Poaceae 56 Cyperus rotundus L. subsp. rotundus Moth Sedge Cyperaceae 57 Dactyloctenium aegypticum (L.) P. Beauv. - Grass Poaceae 58 Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. Sisam Tree Fabaceae Under 59 Datura metel L. Dhaturo Shrub Solanaceae 60 Delonix regia (Boj.) Raf. Gulmohor Tree Caesalpiniaceae 61 Derris indica (Lam.) Bennet Karanj Tree Fabaceae 62 Desmostachya bipinnata (L.) Stapf Dabh Grass Poaceae 63 Digera muricata (L.) Mart. Kanjaro, Kanejro Herb Amaranthaceae Small Tree Ebenaceae 64 Diospyros cordifolia Roxb. Makrodu, Makrodi 65 Dipteracanthus prostratus Hassk. - Herb Acanthaceae Under 66 Echinops echinatus Roxb. Utkanto Shrub Asteraceae 67 Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Mant. Jal Bhangro Herb Asteraceae

116 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Habitat Agriculture/Settlement Riverine/Wetland Wilderness Wasteland Aquatic 68 Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Solms Kanfutti Herb 69 Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Nilgiri Tree Myrtaceae Vadi Dudheli, Kalu 70 Euphorbia hirta L. Ganthiu Herb Euphorbiaceae 71 Euphorbia nivulia Buch.- Ham. Vad Thor Shrub Euphorbiaceae 72 Euphorbia thymifolia L. Dudheli Herb Euphorbiaceae 73 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. var. alsinoides Kari Sankhavail Herb Convolvulaceae 74 Ficus benghalensis L. Vad Tree Moraceae 75 Ficus religiosa L. Piparo, Piplo Tree Moraceae 76 Glinus lotoides L. Okharad Herb Molluginaceae Gossypium herbaceum auct. Non L. var. 77 acerifolium(guill. & Perr.) Chevalier Kapas, Desi Kapas Shrub Malvaceae 78 Grangea maderaspatana (L.) Poir. - Herb Asteraceae Under 79 Grewia tenax (Forsk.) Fiori Gangeti Shrub Tiliaceae 80 Grewia villosa Willd. - Shrub Tiliaceae 81 Heliotropium indicum L. Hathi Sundhi Herb Boraginaceae 82 Heliotropium ovalifolium Forsk. - Herb Boraginaceae 83 Holoptelea integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Kanaji Tree Ulmaceae 84 Indigofera linnaei Ali. Fatakiya, Bhonygal Herb Fabaceae 85 Ipomoea aquatica Forsk. Nali Ni Bhaji 86 Ipomoea fistulosa Mart. - Aquatic Herb Convolvulaceae Straggling Shrub Convolvulaceae 87 Launaea procumbens (Roxb.) Ram. & Raj. Moti Bhoyan Patri Herb Asteraceae 88 Lawsonia inermis L. Heena Mendhi Shrub Lythraceae 89 Madhuca indica J. F. Gmel. Mahudo Tree Sapotaceae

117 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Habitat Agriculture/Settlement Riverine/Wetland Wilderness Wasteland Woody 90 Maerua oblongifolia (Foeak.) A. Rich. Hemkand Twiner Capparaceae 91 Mangifera indica L. Ambo, Kheri Tree Anacardiaceae 92 Manilkara zapota (L.) Van Royen Chiku Tree Sapotaceae 93 Maytenus emarginata (Willd.) D. Hou Vikaro, Vico Tree Celastreceae 94 Moringa oleifera Lam. Saragvo Tree Moringaceae 95 Mukia maderespatensis (L.) M. Roem. Ankhfutmani Climber Cucurbitaceae Small Tree Rutaceae 96 Murraya koenigii (L.) Spr. Mitho Limado Aquatic 97 Nelumbo nucifera Gaertn. Kamal Herb Nympheaceae 98 Nerium indicum Mill. Lal Karen Shrub Apocynaceae 99 Ocimum sanctum L. Tulsi Herb Lamiaceae 100 Oryza sativa L. Bhat, Chokha Grass Poaceae 101 Parthenium hysterophorus L. Congrss Gas Herb Asteraceae 102 Pennisetum typhoides A. Rich. Bajri, Bajaro Grass Poaceae 103 Pergularia daemia (Forsk.) Chiov. Chamar Dudheli Twiner Asclepiadaceae 104 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Khajuri Tree Arecaceae 105 Phyla nodiflora (L.) Greene Rat Velio Herb Verbenaceae 106 Phyllanthus fraternus Webst. Bhonya Amali Herb Euphorbiaceae 107 Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thw. Asopalav Tree Annonaceae 108 Portulaca quadrifida L. Pat Luni, Ziniluni Herb Portulacaceae 109 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khijado, Shami Tree Mimosaceae 110 Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. Gando Baval Shrub Mimosaceae 111 Pulicaria wightiana (DC.) Cl Sonfulki, Sisoria Herb Asteraceae Under 112 Pupalia lappacea (L.) Juss. Zapti Shrub Amaranthaceae 113 Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. var. minima Nahni Kamal Vel Twiner Fabaceae 114 Ricinus communis L. Arando Shrub Euphorbiaceae

118 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Habitat Agriculture/Settlement Riverine/Wetland Wilderness Wasteland 115 Saccharum spontaneum L. Dabh, Kans Grass Poaceae 116 Salvadora oleoides Decne. Piludi-Mithi Shrub Salvadoraceae 117 Salvadora persica L. Piludi-Khari Shrub Salvadoraceae 118 Sida ovata Forsk. - Herb Malvaceae 119 Solanum surattense Burm. f. Bethi Ringani Herb Solanaceae 120 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skells Jambu Tree Myrtaceae 121 Tamarindus indica L. Ambali, Emali Tree Caesalpiniaceae 122 Tecoma stans (L.) H. B. & K. Pili Nim Shrub Bignoniaceae 123 Tectona grandis L.f. Sag Tree Verbenaceae 124 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Sarpankho Herb Fabaceae 125 Terminalia catappa L. Desi Badam Tree Combertaceae Small Tree Malvaceae 126 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol. ex Corr. Paras Pimpro 127 Tribulus terrestris L. Gokharu Herb Zygophyllaceae 128 Tridax procumbensi L. Pardeshi Bhangro Herb Asteraceae 129 Triticum asetivum L. Ghahun Grass Poaceae 130 Typha angustata Bory. & Chaub. Gha Bajariu Herb Typhaceae 131 Vitex negundo L. Nagod Small Tree Verbenaceae Under 132 Withania somnifera (L.) Kurz Ashwagandha Shrub Solanaceae 133 Xanthium strumarium L. Gadariyu Herb Asteraceae 134 Zaleya redimita (Melville) Bhandari var. redimita Bethi Satodi Herb Aizoaceae 135 Zizyphus mauritiana Lam. Mota Bor Small Tree Rhamnaceae Under 136 Zizyphus nummularia (Burm. F.) W. & A. Nana Chani Bor Shrub Rhamnaceae TOTAL SPECIES RECORDED IN AND AROUND THE EACH HABITAT

119 3.5. SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Introduction Development of projects goes hand in hand with environmental impact and hence before any project is undertaken the damages in relation to the benefits should be measured. Unfortunately environmental issues are interdisciplinary, interactive, biological and probabilistic and because the information is always deficient, the outcome has a considerable degree of uncertainty or risk. This conflict between development and conservation is difficult to reconcile. Environmental baseline, ecological reconnaissance and environmental impact studies provide databases and quantitative assessment of environmental factors related to development projects. Any developmental activity will influence the socioeconomic conditions of the population in the region and thus the Quality of Life (QOL). Socioeconomic survey is necessary in EIA/EMP report preparation to predict the changes on social and economic status. Hence baseline data for demographic characteristics, education, health, amenities and sensitive locations existing in and around the project area have been studied in the study area. For the study of socioeconomics 10 km radius around the site is selected. The study area is an industrial base for sectors such as textiles, drugs, chemicals, pharmaceuticals and agro and food processing industries. The most important sectors are the Chemicals industries. The major language is Guajarati, Hindi and English with a conglomeration of different cultures like Hindus, Muslims and the Christians. It is the centre of Gujarati cultural activities and diverse traditions of different ethnic and religious communities Socioeconomics Village/town wise population, households, Occupation and Literacy status have been collected based on Census, 2011 in the following aspects: 1. Total population 08. Total worker females (main + marginal) 2. Population (0-6 years) 09. Main workers (Persons) 3. Literacy rate (Persons) 10. Marginal workers (Persons) 4. Literacy rate (Males) 11. Main workers (Persons) M/s. T. R. Associates 3.5.1

120 5. Literacy rate (Females) 12. Non workers (Persons) 6. Total worker persons (main Non workers (Males) marginal) 7. Total worker males (main + marginal) 14. Non workers (Females) Households A 'household' is usually a group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen unless the exigencies of work prevent any of them from doing so. Persons in a household may be related or unrelated or a mix of both. However, if a group of unrelated persons live in a census house but do not take their meals from the common kitchen, then they are not constituent of a common household. Each such person was to be treated as separate households. The important link is finding out whether it was a household or not was a common kitchen. There may be one member households, two member households or multi-member households. There are nearly households are found in the study area. The list of Households is given in Table Population Village/ town wise population composition as per 2011 census is listed in Table The male and female population is and respectively. The SC and ST population from the total population is 8.27 % and 3.97 % respectively. The summarized data of population distribution is given in Table and represented in Fig Table Population Composition POPULATION SC POPULATION ST POPULATION No. Name HH T M F T M F T M F 1 ORAN VADVASA LIMLA KATPUR MAMROLI UNCHHA M/s. T. R. Associates 3.5.2

121 7 RASLOD KHARI AMRAPUR CHANDPUR BADAR NI MUWADI JENPUR GHADI LALPUR MEMADPUR JIvANPURA VADRAD BAKARPUR AMINPUR PALLASAR POGLU PRANTIJ GALESARA SADOLIA MAHUDI MUDHASANIA VAGHPUR RAMPUR PILUNDRA RASALPUR SALAL SONASAN SONGADH VAGHROTA RAMPURA NANANPUR DALPUR GOVINDPUR JAVANPURA NADRI PETHAPUR WAJAPUR MOYAD KATHWAD KUNDOL MORWAD SANPAD GED KHADOL Total *As per 2011 census data. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.5.3

122 Fig (A) Percentage of Total Population distribution Fig (B) Percentage of SC & ST Population distribution Occupational structure Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without compensation, wages or profit. Such participation may be physical and/or mental in nature. Work involves not only actual work but also includes effective supervision and direction of work. It even includes part time help or unpaid work on farm, family enterprise or in any other economic activity. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.5.4

123 All persons engaged in 'work' as defined above are workers. Persons who are engaged in cultivation or milk production even solely for domestic consumption are also treated as workers. Occupational structure is divided in to 3 categories viz., Main workers, Marginal workers and Non workers. The distribution data for workers and non workers is given in Table And Fig Main workers: Those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6 months or more) are termed as Main Workers. There are total main workers in this area. Marginal workers: Those workers who have not worked for the major point of the reference period (i.e. less than 6 months) are termed as marginal workers. The total marginal workers are Non workers: All workers, i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last one-year, but are not cultivators or agricultural laborers or in Household Industry, are 'Other- Workers (OW)'. The type of workers that come under this category of 'OW' include all government servants, municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation workers, those engaged in trade, commerce, business, transport banking, mining, construction, political or social work, priests, entertainment artists, etc. In effect, all those workers other than cultivators or agricultural laborers or household industry workers are other workers. The total Non workers are M/s. T. R. Associates 3.5.5

124 Table Occupational Structure TOTAL WORKER MAINWORKER MARGINAL NON WORKER No. Name T M F T M F T M F T M F 1 ORAN VADVASA LIMLA KATPUR MAMROLI UNCHHA RASLOD KHARI AMRAPUR CHANDPUR BADAR NI MUWADI JENPUR GHADI LALPUR MEMADPUR JIvANPURA VADRAD BAKARPUR AMINPUR PALLASAR POGLU PRANTIJ GALESARA SADOLIA MAHUDI MUDHASANIA VAGHPUR RAMPUR PILUNDRA RASALPUR SALAL SONASAN SONGADH VAGHROTA RAMPURA NANANPUR DALPUR GOVINDPUR M/s. T. R. Associates 3.5.6

125 39 JAVANPURA NADRI PETHAPUR WAJAPUR MOYAD KATHWAD KUNDOL MORWAD SANPAD GED KHADOL Total *As per 2011 census data. Fig Distribution of Workers Literacy A person aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding any language has been taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. People who were blind and could read in Braille are treated to be literates. A person, who can only read but cannot write, is treated as illiterate. All children of age 6 years or less, even if going to school and have picked up reading and writing, are treated as illiterates. M/s. T. R. Associates 3.5.7

126 The total number of literates and illiterates are and respectively (Table and Fig.3.5.3). Table Literacy status No. Name Literate Illiterate T M F T M F 1 ORAN VADVASA LIMLA KATPUR MAMROLI UNCHHA RASLOD KHARI AMRAPUR CHANDPUR BADAR NI MUWADI JENPUR GHADI LALPUR MEMADPUR JIvANPURA VADRAD BAKARPUR AMINPUR PALLASAR POGLU PRANTIJ GALESARA SADOLIA MAHUDI MUDHASANIA VAGHPUR RAMPUR PILUNDRA RASALPUR SALAL SONASAN SONGADH VAGHROTA RAMPURA NANANPUR DALPUR GOVINDPUR JAVANPURA NADRI PETHAPUR WAJAPUR MOYAD KATHWAD KUNDOL MORWAD SANPAD GED KHADOL Total M/s. T. R. Associates 3.5.8

127 *As per 2011 census data. Fig Literacy levels Amenities Education, Medical, Water availability, Post & Telegraph, Communication, Banking facilities and Power supply are considered for the study. Village wise list of amenities are given in table (as per 2011 Census). Table Basic Amenities Post, Sr No Village Drinking Water Power Supply Educational Facilities Medical Approach to Village Telegraph and Communication Telephone 1 ORAN 2 VADVASA T W TK R C T TW EC DISTRICT : (KHEDA)ONLINE P(3) S PUC C(5-10) PHS H(5-10) MCW(5-10) PHC(5-10) PR MR FP PO PH BS RS(5-10) EC P H(5-10) PR PO BS M/s. T. R. Associates 3.5.9

128 S MCW(5-10) PH(20) RS(5-10) C(5-10) PHC(5-10) EC H(<5) 3 LIMLA T HP P C(<5) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR PH(10) PO(<5) BS RS(<5) 4 KATPUR T EC P C(<5) H(<5) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR PO(<5) PH(15) BS RS(<5) 5 MAMROLI T TW EC P AC C(<5) RMP H(<5) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR PO(<5) PH(<5) BS RS(<5) 6 UNCHHA T TW C EC P S PUC AC C(<5) RMP H(<5) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR PO PH BS RS(<5) 7 RASLOD T W TK EC P(2) S PUC C(<5) PHS H(<5) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR MR FP PH PO(<5) BS RS(<5) EC P CHW 8 KHARI HP R S PUC C(<5) H(10+) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR MR FP PH PO(<5) BS RS EC P 9 AMRAPUR T W TK S PUC C(5-10) H(5-10) MCW(5-10) PHC(5-10) PR MR FP PO PH(25) BS RS EC CHW 10 JENPUR T HP TW P C(+10) H(10+) MCW(10+) PHC(10+) PR PO PH(10+) BS RS(10+) 11 GHADI T HP TW W EA P(3) S PUC C(10+) D PHS H(5-10) MCW(+10) PHC(10+) PR PH(25) PO BS RS(10+) M/s. T. R. Associates

129 12 LALPUR HP TW R EC P C(10+) H(10+) MCW(10+) PHC(10+) MR PO(10+) PH(10+) BS RS(10+) 13 MEMADPUR T HP TW C EA P S C(5-10) CHW H(5-10) MCW(5-10) PHC(5-10) PR PH PO(5-10) BS RS(5-10) 14 JIVANPURA HP W EC P(2) C(10+) H(10+) MCW(10+) PHC(5-10) PR MR FP PH PO(<5) BS RS EC D 15 VADRAD T W P(2) S C(5-10) DA PHS H(5-10) MCW(5-10) MR PO PH(5-10) BS RS(5-10) PHC(5-10) 16 BAKARPUR T W TK EC P C(<5) H(<5) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) MR PH(15) PO(<5) BS RS(<5) T EA 17 AMINPUR HP W TK P C(<5) H(<5) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR MR FP PH(<5) PO(<5) BS RS(<5) T EA 18 PALLASAR HP W TK P S C(<5) H(<5) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR MR FP PH PO BS RS(<5) 19 POGLU TW W EA P S PUC C(5-10) MCW PHC PHS RMP H(5-10) PR PO PH(40) BS RS(5-10) T EC 20 GALESARA HP TW W P C(<5) H(<5) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR MR FP PH PO(<5) BS RS(<5) R M/s. T. R. Associates

130 C T EC HP 21 SADOLIA TW W TK P C(<5) H(<5) MCW(10+) PHC(10+) PR MR FP PO(5-10) PH(5-10) BS RS(5-10) R C EC PHS 22 MAHUDI HP W R P(2) S C(10+) CHW H(10+) MCW(10+) MR PH(3) PO(<5) BS RS(10+) PHC(10+) T EA 23 VAGHPUR HP TW W R C P(2) S C(10+) PHS H(+10) MCW(+10) PHC(+10) PR FP PO PH(15) BS RS(<5) 24 RAMPUR T HP W R EC P S C(10+) PHS CHW H(10+) MCW(10+) PHC(10+) PR PO PH(15) BS RS(10+) 25 PILUNDRA TW W EA P S C(10+) PHS H(5-10) MCW(5-10) PHC(5-10) PR PO PH BS RS(5-10) 26 RASALPUR T EA P(2) S C(5-10) H(10+) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR PO(20) PH(<5) BS RS(<5) EA MCW 27 SALAL T P(3) S C(+10) MH PHS RMP H(10+) PR PO PH(300) BS RS PHC(<5) 28 SONASAN T EA P(2) S DA MH PR PO PH BS RS M/s. T. R. Associates

131 C(10+) PHS H(10+) MCW(10+) PHC(10+) 29 VAGHROTA T HP W TK EA P(2) C(10+) PHS H(+10) MCW(+10) PHC(10+) PR PO PH(10+) BS RS(10+) 30 NANANPUR T TW W TK EA P S C(10+) RMP H(10+) MCW(10+) PHC(5-10) PR PO PH BS RS(<5) 31 DALPUR T EA P(2) C(5-10) PHS H(5-10) MCW(5-10) PR PO PH(30) BS RS(<5) PHC(5-10) 32 JAVANPURA T HP W EC P C(10+) CHW H(10+) MCW(10+) PHC(10+) PR MR FP PH PO(<5) BS RS(<5) EC PHS 33 NADRI PETHAPUR T HP W P S C(10+) CHW H(10+) MCW(10+) MR PH PO(10+) BS RS PHC(10+) 34 WAJAPUR T TW EA P S PUC C(10+) H(+10) MCW(+10) PHC(<5) PR MR FP PH(3) PO(10+) BS RS(10+) 35 MOYAD T HP TW EA P(3) S AC(4) C(+10) MCW PHS(2) RMP(3) H(10+) PHC PR PO PH(150) BS RS(<5) 36 KATHWAD T EA P92) C(10+) H(5-10) MCW(<5) PHC(<5) PR PO(<5) PH(20) BS RS(<5) 37 KUNDOL UNINHABITED 38 MORWAD T EA P92) H(5-10) PR PO(<5) BS M/s. T. R. Associates

132 C(10+) MCW(<5) PH(<5) RS(10+) PHC(<5) 39 SANPAD T W R EA P S C(5-10) H(+10) MCW(5-10) PHC(<5) PR FP PO PH(30) BS RS(<5) 40 GED T EA P C(5-10) H(5-10) MCW(5-10) PHC(5-10) PR PO(5-10) PH(5-10) BS RS(10+) *As per 2011 census online data. Abbreviations Drinking Water: T TK TW HP R O W C L -Tap Water -Tank Water -Tube Well Water -Hand Pump -River Water -others -well water -Canal -Lake Educational: P C M H PUC S -Primary School -College -Middle school -High School -Senior secondary school - Higher secondary school Medical: H PHC -Allopathic Hospital -Primary Health Center M/s. T. R. Associates

133 PHS CHW MCW FWC D H HD TB -Primary Health Sub-Center -Community Health Worker -Maternity & Child Welfare -Family welfare center -Dispensary -Hospital -Homeopathtic Dispensary -T.B.Clinic Post, Telegraph and Telephone: PO PH -Post Office -Telephone Connection Transportation: BS RS -Bus -Railway Station Approach to Village: PR MR FP -Paved Road -Mud Road -Foot Path Power Supply: EA -Electricity for all purposes M/s. T. R. Associates

134 3.5.4 Site Specific Studies The following site specific studies were been conducted in order to study the present Socio- Economic conditions prevailing around the plant site for the establishment of an interactive environment between the residents of the area with the proponent which would be helpful for the proponent for the assessment of the required developments of the area. This study was done by looking and maintaining a good understanding of that locality as well as their socio-economic status which can help in the assessment of their Socio-Economic status, Costumes, Requirements for the development etc. For such benefits the following site study has been conducted List of Industries The study area is an industrial base for sectors such as engineering, ceramic, Tilesmetal, chemical, automobiles, agro & Food processing industries. The study area also has small scale industries which generates employment to a large number of people. Engineering, chemical, food industries and paper products are the chief small scale industry sectors present. Nearby industry is shown here. 1. Panam Engineering 2. Sujal Agro Industries 3. Status Ceramic Pvt. Ltd. 4. Asian Granito (I) Ltd. 5. City Tiles Ltd. 6. Gledder Ceramic Pvt. Ltd. 7. VRN Ceramic Pvt. Ltd. 8. Prime Insulator 9. Touch Laminates 10. Airolam Limited 11. Sentro Tiles Ltd. 12. New Ispat Ltd. 13. Bloom Décor Ltd. 14. Altis Finechem Pvt. Ltd. M/s. T. R. Associates

135 3.5.6 Organization and Manpower In any commercial manufacturing company, it is very important to have a proper organization. This is more so in case the manufacturing involves various processes and different technical disciplines. Levin Décor LLP. is a proposed plant in Prantij, Gujarat. Management control and areas of responsibility should be well defined. Hence, for the purpose of this report, the organization required for proposed plant, after commissioning of the new facilities, has been considered. Manpower requirements have been assessed keeping in view the degree of automation & computerization envisaged, minimum paper work, round the clock operations etc. The total requirement is 125 consisting of 110 male employees and 15 female employees for the execution of work. The plant is located in a good industrial belt and hence it will not be difficult to get qualified and skilled people Impacts of the proposed project The industry provided direct and indirect Employment for many of the local population. It will create employment (125) and helps to improve the social status of the local community. No Rehabilitation or land acquisition is needed for this industry. This project is not expected to generate any significant public controversy. Other impacts of the proposed project are: Any industrial growth will improve economic status of the people either directly or indirectly. Creation of employment generation is an another positive impact anticipated from this plant The development of infrastructure (roads, lighting etc) may not only helpful for transportation but also to improve aesthetic value of the site. The proposed green belt plan also generates some employment (labor for plantation development) and provide hygienic environment. M/s. T. R. Associates

136 Non- workers comprises of 55 % of the total population in the study area. This intense unemployment fate can be for extent can be reduced. A slight increase in traffic during construction would result as workers arrive and depart the site and as materials and equipment are delivered. This temporary traffic increase would represent only small fluctuations within the normal range. M/s. T. R. Associates

137 4.1 INTRODUCTION CHAPTER- 4: ANTICIPATED IMPACTS Prediction of impacts is the most important part of Environmental Impact Assessment Report. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of project developmental activities on environment. Such predictions are overlaid on the baseline (proposed project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate scenario of environmental conditions. It helps to prepare the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which is required to be executed during the on-going activities for the proposed project to minimize the adverse impacts on environmental quality. The mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe the cause-effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In case, mathematical models are not available or it is not possible to identify/validate a model for a particular situation, predictions could be made through available scientific knowledge and judgments. The environmental impacts can be categorized as either Primary or Secondary. Primary impacts are those, which are linked directly to the project, secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced and typically include the effects on social and economic patterns of the surrounding. The impacts prepared for the proposed Plant are based on the assumption that the pollution continues to remain the same during the operation of the project. The proposed project would create impact on the environment in two distinct phases. Temporary or short term effects caused during construction phase Long term effects caused during operational phase The construction and operational phase of the proposed Project comprises of various activities each of which may have an impact on some or other environmental parameters, which have been studied to estimate the impact on the environment. The details on impact of the project activity on each of the above environmental attributes are discussed below. 4.1

138 4.2 IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE This topic includes the following activities: 1. Leveling of site 2. Construction at site 3. Erection of main plant structure and equipment Impact on Land use The total available land for the proposed project is m 2, which is more or less flat requiring minimal leveling. Rest of the area is used for plant utilities, road, and green belt development. The construction under this program would bring certain immediate changes in the land use pattern of the proposed area as well as in the vicinity. Temporary sites will be used for construction works or housing of construction workers Impact on Soil The proposed land is having flat profile; therefore the earthwork involved in leveling the land is very less. If the civil activities are not monitored properly the concrete and cement will fall haphazardly and will not project good aesthetic look, there by upper soil strata will be contaminated with concrete. The maximum topsoil cover thickness at the plant site is about 1-m. The topsoil removed during the leveling will be stacked separately and will be used during the greenbelt development. Herbs and shrubs will be removed prior to commencement of bulk earthwork. Removal of trees will be avoided as far as possible based on the construction plan. Medium trees size trees will be uprooted and planted in the designed green belt Impact on Air Quality The main cause for concern on air quality due to the construction activities is the dry months due to the settling of dust particles. The main sources of emission during the construction period are 4.2

139 the movement of equipment at site and dust emitted during the leveling, grading, earthworks, foundation works and other construction related activities. The composition of dust in this kind of operation is, however, mostly inorganic and non-toxic in nature. The dust emitted during the above mentioned activities depend upon the type of soil being excavated and the ambient humidity levels. The impact is likely to be for short duration and confined locally to the construction site itself. Exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment deployed during the construction phase also result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx, SPM, CO and unburnt hydrocarbons. The impact will, however, be marginal, and temporary in nature Impact on Water Quality As the construction being carried out on the flat terrain and relatively small area, the soil losses will be negligible. Impact on water quality during construction phase may be due to sewage generated from the construction work force stationed at the site. Further, the construction activities are more related to mechanical fabrication, assembly and erection, the need of water requirement will be small. Improper drainage facilities may cause contamination to water Impact on Noise Levels An increase in the ambient noise levels are likely due to heavy construction traffic for loading and unloading, fabrication and handling of equipment and materials. The areas close to the site are mainly affected. At the peak of the construction, marginal increase in noise levels is expected to occur but they are temporary Impact on Terrestrial Ecology During the construction of plant may result in losing the top soil which may lead to soil erosion and instability of ecosystem and loss of total biomass Impact on Aquatic Ecology The construction of the plant is not likely to have any impact on aquatic eco-system, as there are no water streams passing through the selected plant site. 4.3

140 4.2.8 Demography and Socio-economics During the construction period, there will be increase in floating population. The project will provide temporary employment of skilled and highly skilled manpower. Most of the people will be employees of contractors/sub-contractors. Additional strain on civic amenities like road, transport, communication, drinking water, sanitation and other facilities will take place, to meet the work force requirement. The non-workers [including marginal workers] in the 10 km radius study area constitute about 63 %. This indicates the availability of sizeable manpower required for the construction activity. During the construction phase there will be increased demand of services, as most of the employees deployed during the construction period will be from local area. These include hotels, lodges, public transport (including taxis), etc. There will also be ample opportunities for providing these services. In addition to the opportunity of getting employment as construction laborers, the local population would also have employment opportunities in related service activities like petty commercial establishments, small contracts/sub-contracts and supply of construction materials for buildings and ancillary infrastructures etc. Consequently, this may lead to economic upliftment of the area. The influx of population is very limited. In the initial stages of development there will be no social conflicts between the guest and host communities. The movement of work force to and from the place of work and the movement of vehicles carrying equipment and construction material is expected to increase the stress on the local transport and road network. However, considering the number of people deployed, the impact on road/traffic is marginal and temporary. Consumer Prices: Usually the local population will be affected by inflationary trend sometime later, when prices of local services and produce, egg, fish, vegetables, milk, etc. start rising. This will happen only when a sizeable staff of the project and other associate companies settle permanently in the area. However any such rise in consumer prices is anticipated because the influx of population due to the project activities is minimal. Transport and Civil Construction: The transport companies would benefit from the construction of the plant. Services: The services like retail shops, banks, and automobile workshops; health care, etc. will expand in and near the plant. 4.4

141 Employment: Large-scale influx of material and money tend to increase the employment opportunities. Transport: Transport services on the connecting road will improve further. Traffic: The plant construction phase will also see a moderate increase in traffic. Development of Slums: The contractors have to necessarily provide basic amenities like water supply, sanitation, electricity etc. at the labor camp to maintain hygienic condition and aesthetics Public Expectation Major occupation of the people in this area is industrial occupation. The people in the area welcome the project, anticipating more jobs and more infrastructure facilities to the local people, provided that the industry will not cause any pollution in the nearby environment. 4.3 Identification of Potential Impacts during Operational Phase From any development project due to its various activities associated with the operations, there are beneficial as well as harmful effects on the environment. The impacts may be direct or indirect, short or long term and reversible or irreversible. However during the installation of proposed project, the size of the major civil activities are temporary is insignificant, the impacts are of temporary. On the basis of the above analysis, the potential significant impacts on the environment from the proposed project are identified as below: Soil Quality Topography and Climate Ambient Air Quality Water Resources; Water Quality Noise Levels; Traffic Ecology Socio-economics Impact on Soil The likely sources of negative impact on the soil characteristics are the generation and disposal of sludge from the treatment units. 4.5

142 Also there may accidental spillage of oil during the transportation of vehicle. The negative impacts will be minimum as the solid waste generated in the plant disposed off to the consumers in regular manner. Hence the impact of solid generated in the plant is minimal. The fugitive dust from the plant during operation is likely to be deposited in the nearby areas. However, the proposed dust extraction and suppression measures at the source will significantly reduce this possibility. Further, the proposed greenbelt comprising diversified species not only increases the biomass, soil fertility, and productivity but also helps as pollution sinks. However all precautions will be taken to minimize pollution in terms of aerial spread Topography and Climate Impact on Topography Nearly Sq. Mt. of land will be converted for built-up which has negative impact but the impact is not significant. The major envisaged topographical changes would be due to the manmade structures like civil structures and including erection of stacks. However, it will invite positive impacts by land leveling (not significant leveling is not required) and diversified species green belt with flowing plants will also improve aesthetic look of the area. During operational phase, regular maintenance (watering, fertilizer, insecticides/ pesticidal application, pruning etc.,), will be carried out for green belt development by appointing a gardener for this purpose Impact on Climate The providing vegetation in the study area and the proposed green belt in the plant premises will always have a cooling effect to offset any increase in temperature. The thermal pollution is only confined to small distance and the proposed greenbelt not only nullifies the thermal emissions but also it helps to keep surrounding ambient air cool Impact on Air Environment The proposed project utilities like DG sets are proposed for emergency power generation to meet the major requirements of power during failure of supply from electricity department. Boilers & thermic fluid heaters will also be required for production process, which may have emission due to the combustion of fuel used in utility operation. Hence, considering these, 4.6

143 it is envisaged that during the operation phase impacts on air would arise due to the fugitive emission mainly from operation of boiler, thermic fluid heater and occasionally from DG set. Thus the study of impacts for the fugitive & stationary emissions have been conducted to assess the potential impacts as well as to cite the efficiency of planned mitigation measures and to suggested further mitigation requirements Stationary Emissions The emission from boiler & Thermic fluid heater will be the only source of SPM as it will be utilising Coal as fuel. The SPM level in final emission from the boiler & Thermic fluid heater will be within statutory norms; as the boiler & Thermic fluid heater will be designed with internal baffles and other similar control aspects, which will trap the SPM in hot air. This emission of SO2 & NOx will reduce the impacts to acceptable level if adequate height of stack and internal diameter at top is provided for uniform & proper velocity of emission. The stack so design will help in efficient dispersion of SO2 to avoid high ground level concentration in ambient air of surrounding area. Hence, it has been planned to provide stack of adequate height from ground level with internal diameter at top considerable emission of SO2. Similar to the above citation, impacts of emission of SO2 will be reduced to acceptable level during normal operation with stack of adequate height & internal diameter at top. Beside of SPM, SO2 & NOX emission will also be expected from Boiler, thermic fluid heater and DG set. To minimise the level of NOX in emission technology with low NOX burner will be used wherever available from manufacturer. In addition to this, as mentioned above, adequate stacks are planned for the DG sets, Boiler, which will be efficient to minimise the impacts of residual NOX in emissions. As it has been mentioned in earlier paragraphs, considerable emission of SPM, SO2 & NOX is anticipated from the utilities of the proposed project. Hence it has become necessary to further study the impacts of the emission on air quality to evaluate probable change in air quality parameters. 4.7

144 INPUT DATA FOR DISPERSION MODEL (AERMOD VIEW 8.5) A. Input data of Flue gas stack The proposed unit will operate steam boiler & thermic fluid heater to generate stream required during manufacturing process. The details of flue gas stack are as follows: Table 4.1: Flue Gas stacks details No. Stack attached to Stack Height Fuel used APC System 1 Steam Boiler (3 MT) 2 Thermic Fluid Heater (10, 00,000 Kcal/hr) 3 D.G. Set (150 KVA) 30 m Coal / white coal / Agro waste 5.55 MT/Day 6.7 m HSD 20 L/Hr Bag Filter N.A. Expected pollutant PM, SO2, NOx HC, CO GPCB Limit of pollutant As per GPCB Norms As per GPCB Norms Input data : Note: D.G. Set will be only used when power failure. Stack Identification Stack Height Vent Diameter Exit stack gas velocity Exit gas temperature Ambient temperature : Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater Stack : 30.0 m : 1.0 m : 12.0 m/s : 160 o C : 27 o C Particulate Matters Sulfur Dioxide Nitrogen Oxide : gm/sec : gm/sec : 2.58 gm/sec B. Primary Meteorological Data: Primary meteorological data is used for Aermod View 8.5. This data is attached as Annexure A. 4.8

145 Prediction and Assessment of Impact: The Gaussian model is used to predict the centerline ground level concentrations of suspended particulate matter, sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides in the surrounding study area. The prediction is done in relation to the source strength and meteorological conditions for the study period. The centerline ground level concentrations for Particulate Matter, Sulfur Dioxide and Nitrogen Oxides in the study area for all the stability conditions are calculated for the maximum emission load. For the calculations, meteorological data like average wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity, precipitation, dry bulb temperature, cloud cover, ceiling height, emission rate of SPM, SOx & NOx and stack height & diameter during period December 2013 to January 2014 is considered. Predicted ground level concentrations of SPM, SO2 and NOx are presented in the Figure 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and table 4.2, 4.3 &

146 Fig. No. 4.1 Ground level concentration of SPM 4.10

147 Fig. No. 4.2 Ground level concentration of SO2 4.11

148 Fig. No. 4.3 Ground level concentration of NO2 4.12

149 Table 4.2 Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of SPM Sr. No. Monitoring Stations Existing monitored maximum SPM concentration μg/m 3 Predicted SPM Concentration μg/m 3 Total SPM Concentrations implementation of the proposed project μg/m 3 1 Project Site Poglu Aminpur Prantij Piludra Salal Rasulpur Table 4.3 Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of SO2 Sr. No. Monitoring Stations Existing monitored maximum SO2 concentration μg/m 3 Predicted SO2 Concentration μg/m 3 Total SO2 Concentrations implementation of the proposed project μg/m 3 1 Project Site Poglu Aminpur Prantij Piludra Salal Rasulpur Sr. No. Table 4.4 Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of NO2 Monitoring Stations Existing monitored maximum NO2 concentration μg/m 3 Predicted NO2 Concentration μg/m 3 Total NO2 Concentrations implementation of the proposed project μg/m 3 1 Project Site Poglu Aminpur Prantij Piludra Salal Rasulpur After implementation of the proposed project, these concentrations are found to be well below the permissible NAAQS norms for rural/residential zone and Industrial zone. Therefore, the proposed activity is not likely to have any significant adverse impact on the air environment. 4.13

150 4.3.4 Impact on Water Impact on water environment due to the proposed project will be in terms of water use, wastewater generation and its disposal. The industrial activity can have direct impact on the end users. The bore wells are the major source of water supply for industrial actions. The ground water is easily available in the surrounding area. There will be minor negative impact on availability of natural water resources in the study area (Ground and Surface Water) Impact on Noise Levels The incremental increase in noise levels due to the operation phase of the Plant has been done. Noise levels are mainly generated from DG set and compressor house. The noise sources have been defined with respect to plant center Observation The noise due to operation of the proposed project will not have any bearing on the baseline noise levels due to masking effect. The noise protective enclosures shall be provided at the noise generating units. The operators, workers and other personnel within the plant, however, have to be provided with protective measures such as earplugs at the noise generating units. The permissible noise exposure for the workers working at the noise sources is listed in the following Table 4.5. Hence measures shall be taken to avoid such exposures. Table 4.5 Permissible Noise Exposures for Industrial Workers Exposure Time (in hr/day) Limit in db (A) ½

151 ¼ 105 1/ / /32 (2 minutes or loss) Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 db (A) should not be permitted. 2 Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 db (Peak Acoustic Pressure). Green belt also acts as barriers for noise dispersion. So in addition to the plant noise control measures, all the open areas within the plant premises and all along the plant boundary will be provided with adequate green belt to diffuse the noise dispersion Impact on Ecology There will be loosening of the topsoil because of the removal of herbaceous vegetation which also leads to soil erosion. The biomass will be reduced and leads instabilisation of ecosystem. However, such negative impacts would be reversible in to positive impacts by development of thick green belt and in a course of time that leads sustainable ecosystem. Ironically, the proposed project has beneficial effect on vegetation and species diversity. There will be few tree cutting and shrub removal will take place. Wherever possibility is there, the entire tree will be uprooted and planted at different places. The proposed green belt development scheme will enhance the biomass and leads to sustainable development. The avenue plantation along the road side also acts as sinks of vehicular emissions. The green belt will enrich soil organic matter thereby nitrogen, will help as noise barrier. It also controls temperature and keeps the surroundings cool. It will attract avifauna and create suitable habitat to micro flora and fauna. The green belt will help as a sink to dust and gaseous pollutants. On the whole it has a positive impact on the environment Impact on Socio-Economics The impacts of the proposed plant would begin to be felt with the start-up of the operational activities. Due to better employment opportunities in the area, the present trend of out migration for people is likely to reduce; 4.15

152 The plant will result in considerable growth of service sector and will also generate new industrial and business opportunities in the area. The ancillary facilities, would act, as an active nucleus for business activities. The socio-economic impacts discussed in the construction phase of the proposed plant will also be manifested during the operation phase in the following manner. Influx of persons with higher spending power and different socio-cultural background will improve the socio-cultural environment of the area. Improvement in transport, communication, health and educational services. Increase in employment due to large flow of financial and material resources through increased business, trade commerce and service sector. Increase in consumer prices of indigenous produce and services, land prices, house rent rates and labor prices. Some increase in services catering to the additional population will occur due to the setting up of the plant. 4.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Introduction To formulate and monitor Environmental Protection measures during and after commissioning of project, preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required. The plan should indicate the details as to how various measures have been or are proposed to be taken including cost components as may be required. Cost of measures for environmental safe guards should be treated as an integral component of the project cost and environmental aspects should be taken in to account at various stages of the project. a. Conceptualization : Preliminary environmental Assessment b. Planning : Detailed studies of environmental Impacts and design of safe guards c. Execution : Implementation of Environmental safety measures d. Operation : Monitoring of effectiveness of built in safe guards 4.16

153 The maximum amount of pollution load that can be discharged in the environment without affecting the designated use and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal due to natural physico-chemical and biological processes is the Assimilative capacity of the study area. The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in the area of the proposed plant. Hence, it needs to be an all encompass plan for which the proposed industry, Government, Regulating agencies like Pollution Control Board working in the region and more importantly the affected population of the study area need to extend their co-operation and contribution. The identification and quantification of impacts based on scientific and mathematical modeling. The Management Action Plan aims at controlling pollution at the source level to the possible extent with the best available technology followed by treatment measures before they are discharged. The recycling and re-use of industrial waste not only reduces the waste generated but can be an economic gain to the industry. 4.5 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE During the construction phase, the impacts on the environment would be basically of transient nature and are expected to reduce gradually on completion of the construction activities Site Preparation Due to the almost flat terrain of the project site, only minimal leveling is required. Vegetation on topsoil is removed prior to commencement of bulk earthwork. During dry weather conditions, dust may be generated by activities like excavation and transportation through un-metalled roads. The dust will be suppressed using water sprinkling and may continue after completion of construction, as there is a possibility of heavy truck movement. The industry will make provision for water sprinklers. There will be permanent change (only in the buildup and storage area) in the land use pattern of the area. The construction under this program would bring certain immediate changes in the land use pattern of the proposed area as well as in the vicinity. As soon as construction is over the surplus earth will be utilized to fill up low-lying areas, the rubbish will be cleared and all un-built surfaces reinstated. Cutting of trees will be minimized as far as possible. Enough space will be kept for treatment and solid waste disposal. 4.17

154 The maximum topsoil cover thickness at the plant site is about 1-m. The topsoil removed during the leveling will be stacked separately and will be used during the greenbelt development. Herbs and shrubs will be removed prior to commencement of bulk earthwork. Removal of trees will be avoided as far as possible based on the construction plan. Medium size trees will be uprooted and planted in the designed green belt. Civil constructions and greenbelt development program will all start at once. Proper planning during construction period will minimize the upper soil contamination. So attentions shall be paid with minimum contamination to the soil Air Quality There will be marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx, SPM, CO and unburnt hydrocarbons due to transportation of vehicles. The impact will, however, be marginal, and temporary in nature. However proper maintenance of the vehicles can minimize emissions. Dust suppression by covering and water sprinkling and maintenance of vehicles will be carried out to keep air quality to the minimum negative impact on the surroundings. All internal roads will be paved with Bitumen or Concrete to avoid dust emissions Water Quality During construction period, in rainy season the water quality is likely to be affected due to the construction work and loosening of topsoil. This is likely to increase the suspended solids in the runoff during heavy precipitation. In order to reduce the impact on water quality, temporary sedimentation tanks will be constructed for the settlement of the suspended matter. Temporary sanitation facilities (soak pits/septic tanks) will be set up for disposal of sanitary sewage generated by the work force as per the prevailing labor laws. The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to proposed plant is likely to be short term and insignificant and they will be managed by providing drinking water facility and sanitation facilities at the site during construction phase. 4.18

155 4.5.4 Noise Levels There will be negligible noise effect on the surrounding habitats during the construction phase. However on site workers using high noise producing equipment will adopt noise protection devices like earmuffs. Noise prone activities will be avoided to the extent possible during night particularly during a period 9 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum environmental impact on the neighborhood environment. High noise generating equipment, if used, will not be operated during the night to eliminate any possible discomfort to the nearby residents. Community noise levels are not likely to be affected because of the vegetation and likely attenuation due to the physical barriers. Overall, the impact of noise generated on the environment is likely to be insignificant, reversible and localized in nature and mainly confined to the day hours Ecological Aspects There could be clearing of herbs and shrubs in order to prepare the site for construction. However, this will be mitigated by proper land scaping and extensive plantation along with the construction of the plant. A comprehensive green belt program will improve the ecological condition of the region Storage of Hazardous Materials The hazardous materials like diesel, welding gas and paints maybe used during the construction. These materials will be stored and handled according to the guidelines specified under the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling, & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 and amendments thereafter (by MoEF/CPCB). Some of the precautions of storage include the following: Dyked enclosures will be provided which will be able to contain complete contents of the largest tank; The distance between the storage tanks will be at least half their height; Tanks having a diameter of more than 30 m will be separated by fire walls from other storage tanks; and Diesel and other fuels will be stored in separate dyke enclosures. 4.19

156 4.5.7 Site Security Adequate security arrangement will be made to ensure that the local inhabitants and the stray cattle are not exposed to the potential hazards of construction activities Migrant Laborers During the construction period, safe and secure camping area will be provided for the migrant laborers. The construction site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities for workers to allow proper standards of hygiene. Adequate arrangements will be made for water supply, sanitation and cooking fuels. These facilities would be connected to a septic tank and maintained to ensure minimum environmental impact. 4.20

157 Table 4.6 Negative Impacts and Mitigations during Construction Phase Discipline Negative Impacts Air Dust due to constructiona l activities Noise Increase in noise level Water Increase in suspended solids due to soil run-off Terrestrial Ecology Socioeconomy Clearing of Vegetation Infusion of labour and health Constructional Impact Probable Mitigative Measures Source Civil activities Maintenance of vehicles and Sprinkling of water in the construction area and unpaved roads. Civil activities Maintenance of vehicles, equipment with proper civil planning will reduce increase in noise levels. They will be kept in good condition to keep the noise level within 90 db (A). Loose soil at construction site The land required for the built up is m 2 Soil erosion will be kept minimum. A nonscouring, non-silting storm water drain will be laid from the plant and a rainwater harvesting structure is proposed at a strategic location to arrest the run-off water. Soil erosion Leveling operations are minimum. Sprinkling and reduction of water and topsoil preservation and of biomass Systematic plantation will reduce soil erosion and double the biomass. Temporary Water supply and good sanitary conditions houses with hygienic environment will decrease negative impact. Remarks The impacts are temporary If necessary, workers will be provided necessary protective equipment e.g. ear plug, earmuffs. The impacts are temporary. The impact is temporary. The change is temporary 4.21

158 4.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) DURING OPERATIONAL STAGE The EMP in the design stage endeavors to mitigate the problems related to health, safety and environment at the process technology selection stage and at the design stage. The proposed laminated sheet plant will be designed taking into account all applicable standards/norms (IS, CPCB, MoEF and CREP guideline) both for regulatory and safety purpose. Environment management at design stage includes all the steps undertaken at the design stage by the project proponents to meet the statutory requirements and towards minimizing environmental negative impacts. The design basis for all process units will lay special emphasis on measures to minimize pollutant generation and emission control at source Soil Quality The likely sources of negative impact on the soil characteristics are the generation and disposal of sludge from the treatment units. Similarly there may accidental spillage of oil during the transportation of vehicle. The negative impacts will be minimum as the solid waste generated in the plant disposed off to the consumers in regular manner. Hence the impact of solid generated in the plant is minimal. The fugitive dust from the plant during operation is likely to be deposited in the nearby areas. However, the proposed dust extraction and suppression measures at the source will significantly reduce this possibility. Further, the proposed greenbelt comprising diversified species not only increases the biomass, soil fertility, and productivity but also helps as pollution sinks. However all precautions will be taken to minimize in terms of aerial spread Air Quality Management Critical air pollutants from the plant are Particulates, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen oxide and fugitive emission. There are total 2 stacks are used for emission of pollutants. The following methods of abatement will be employed for the air pollution control. 4.22

159 Proposed Air Pollution Control measures Exhaust from both technological and ventilation equipment would be treated and thrown to atmosphere at a height according to air pollution control norms. Bag filter & scrubber will be installed to control Particulate matter and methanol. Proper Stack heights have been suitably selected (30 m for steam boiler and thermic fluid heater) so as to ensure that ground level concentration of pollutants remains within the permissible limits Water Management The effluent treatment plant will treat the wastewater generated from the manufacturing process, boiler & cooling tower. It will be finally evaporated in evaporator & reused in process. So industry will maintain ZERO DISCHARGE. A domestic effluent from the various buildings / sheds of the plant is conveyed through separate drains to STP. The effluent from the STP will be reused in gardening and for sanitary purpose Noise Level Management It may not be practicable to entirely eliminate all noise but the noise levels could be brought down to acceptable limits wherever possible due to technological reasons. DG set can be identified as the major equipment of high noise production. Various measures include the reduction of noise at source, providing acoustic lagging for the equipment, isolating the noiseproducing instrument. Regular maintenance, arresting vibration and oil/greasing shall be done to ensure that the noise limits are well below the limits. They shall ensure that during day (6 AM to 10 PM) and night time (10 PM to 6 AM) noise Leq values shall be below 75 and 70 db (A) at the plant boundary as per the CPCB norms. The specifications for procuring major noise generating machines/equipment will include built in design requirements to have minimum noise levels meeting Occupational Safety & Health Association (OSHA) requirement. Appropriate noise barriers/shields, silencers etc. will be provided in the equipment, wherever feasible. 4.23

160 4.6.5 Solid & Hazardous Waste Management The process releases hazardous waste such as ETP sludge, used oil, discarded drums/bags/barrels and Resin waste. It shall be stored on own land earmarked for effective management. The various type of solid waste generated should be stored separately in scientific manner so that it should not adversely affect the air quality, becoming air borne by wind or water regime during rainy season by flowing along with the storm water. The type, quantity and utilization of hazardous waste generated is given in the following table. Table 4.7 Hazardous waste generation and their disposal Sr. No. Description Category Quantity Mode of Disposal 1 ETP Sludge MT/Month 2 Used Oil Lit./ Month Collection, storage and Disposal at TSDF Site Collection, storage and used within premises as a lubricant / sold to registered recycler. 3 Discarded Plastic bags Nos./ Month Collection, storage & sell to authorized vendor 4 Resin waste MT/Month Collection, storage & disposal at common Incineration facility Green Belt Development The proposed green belt development plan in and around the plant area is covering 4519 m 2 of total land. The tolerant species with diversity will be planted which will help in suppression of fugitive dust, attenuate noise levels and provide aesthetic background. Nearly 678 plants (one hectare nearly 1500 plants) will be planted for the development of green belt. Table 4.8 Categorization of the area for project and greenbelt No. Particulars Area Sq. Mt. % 1 Built up Area Green Belt

161 3 Road area/open Area Parking Area Total Area In the layout the green belt is planned keeping in view of the following CPCB guidelines a. The built-up area of the plant shall not be more than 50% of total area. In this case the built up is % out of the total area. b. Greenbelt of 4 m width all around the plant premises shall be developed. In the case of sensitive areas the greenbelt shall be 25 m width in the prevailing wind direction. The main objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the plant and the surrounding areas. The green belt helps to check soil erosion, make the eco-system more sustainable, make the climate more conductive and restore water balance. The green belt helps to capture the fugitive emissions and to attenuate the noise generated in the plant apart from improving the aesthetics of the plant site. The green belt development program will go simultaneously in phased manner along with the civil activities. The green belt will be developed in such a way that the industry will not be seen from the outside premises. The published Guidelines for developing Green belts by CPCB (2007) will be taken in to consideration Procedure for Transplantation of full-grown Trees Method If trees are not very old they can be transplanted easily. The percentage of survival can be hundred per cent if the work is done properly and during the rainy season. The following steps are involved: 1. The sites where the trees are to be shifted should be selected first. The sites should be free of overhead telephone or power lines. Large pits should be dug at these sites to comfortably accommodate the tree roots ball of earth. 2. Distance between pits depends on the variety. In case of short varieties with a small spread, the distance should be 10 ft. for tall varieties with spreads of between 15 ft. and 20 ft. on either side, the distance should not be less than 30 feet. 3. When pits are dug at the selected sites, their sizes would depend on the dimensions/age of the tree. For trees of medium size the pit size will be around 8 feet in diameter and 5 feet deep. 4. Adequate quantity of soil and manure 4:1 is necessary for each pit. A little bone metal can also be added. To start with only about 6 soil mixture is to be filled in each pit and watered well to form a puddle before the actual transplantation. 4.25

162 5. Before transplantation, the trees should be extensively pruned. That is, the foliage should be completely removed and all the branches should be cut off with a pruning saw. No other implement should be used. The cut surfaces should be painted with non-synthetic white paint to anaesthetize these portions. Extensive pruning helps in easier replanting balance and handling, thereby reducing the shock effect. This also aids the plant roots in recovering and adhering to the new soil and reduces transpiration and/or loss of moisture. 6. The trees are now ready for lifting or uprooting. A deep trench of at least 3 feet away from the trunk in the case of trees with a girth of up to 6. The depth of the trench and its distance from the trunk would therefore vary with the size of the tree. The trench should be dug to gradually coverage towards the base of the tree so that tree roots ball of earth can ultimately be detached from the ground. 7. The trees are then to be lifted with the help of a crane of suitable size. Before lifting, a piece of gunny should be would round the trunk, with a few wooden batons secured around the gunny pack on the outside by a steel wire rope. This will facilitate lifting without injuring the bark. Immediately the tree roots ball should be sprayed with potassium phosphate solution and then wrapped and tied with a piece of very wet gunny. 8. Before replanting, the soil at the base of the pit should be watered heavily after which the uprooted tree along with the tree roots ball should be lowered carefully into the new pit with the help of crane. 9. The empty space in this pit is to be filled with the previously prepared mixture of soil, bone and manure and thoroughly rammed in tightly, so that no air gaps are left inside the soil. Air gaps could result in fungal infection to the roots. Sand can also be added which will fill up the air gaps when watered. 10. The trunk can now be sprayed with Blytox, a copper sulphate compound whose action is antifungicidal in nature. 11. The transplanted tree should be watered heavily at the base. 12. Guy ropes, angle iron or bamboos should be used for a few days to secure the tree till the soil hardens around the transplanted tree to hold it erect. 13. Four to five days after transplantation the trunk can be sprayed with potassium nitrate solution for facilitating the initiation of new shoots. 14. If rains are inadequate watering should continue for three months. Wind breaker plant species will be (eg. Eucalytus, Casuarina, Polyanlthia etc.) Planted around the periphery of near boundary walls. Grass mat along with combination flowering shrubs will be planned along the rest rooms. 4.26

163 Potted plants and climbers will be used on the roof tops. Money plants like climbers will be used and make them to hang to avoid penetration dust inside the working areas. These climbers will be sprinkled regularly to remove adhered dust particles. All the corners inside the rooms of administration building and along the stair case, potted shrubs will be put and change time to time for watering, pruningand fertilizing. Fast growing species with more calorific value is preferable. Necessary help will be taken from the local DFO in development of green belt. Based on the demand of nutrients by soil the fertilizer input shall be given. These trees will be planted in about different rows with a tree density of 1500 trees/ha. The interspaces will be planted with grasses, bushes and hedges. More number of rows is preferred in NE direction as wind is blowing from SW direction. Choosing native plant species which suits to local environmental conditions will be encouraging (percentage survival) and also for sustainable ecosystem development. Plants with flowering will give good aesthetic look. The recommended plant species for green belt is given below given below: The Greenbelt plan is depicted in Table-4.9. Table 4.9 Recommended Plant Species for Green Belt Development SI. Ht. in Flowering Botanical Name Common Name Colour of the flower No metres time 1 Acacia arabica Babool Yellow March-May 2 Aegle marmelos Greenish white Bel (V. limiled) fruit plant March-April 3 Albizia lebbeck Pale-greenish Siris (A.procera) Yellow April-May 4 Artocarpus integrifolia Kathal Feb.-March 5 Anogeissus latifolia Dhaura Greenish Sept.-Jan. 6 Anacardium occidentale Cashew Cream Jan.-Feb. 7 Anthocephalus cadamba Kadam Yellow Oct.-Dec. 8 Bauhinia variegata Kanchan White- variegated with purple & white Feb.-April 9 Cassia fistula Indian Lambumum Amaltas Yellow March-May 10 Cassia nodosa Pink "Mohur" Rose pink April-May 11 Casuarina equisetifolia Jhau Flowers March-May 4.27

164 Inconspicuous 12 Delonix regia Gold Mohur white-orange Gul Mohur Red April- June 13 Eucalyptus hydrid Blue Gum tree Cream May-June 14 Nyctanthes arbortristic Siuli White Oct.-Nov. 15 Lagerstroemia floreginae Jarul Liliac May-June 16 Mangifera indica Am White Feb.-March 17 Mimusops elengi Bakul White Nov.-Dec. 18 Nerium odorum Karabi Red, white Feb.-March 19 Peltophorum ferruginium Radhachura Golden-yellow May-Oct. 20 Pithecellobium dulce Jungle Jalebi White March-April 21 Putranjiva roxburghii Indian Amulet tree Flowers inconspicuous March-April 22 Polyalthea longifolia Debdaru Foliage March-June Water and Wastewater Management Water Consumption The water requirement of the unit will be satisfied through Bore well. For the manufacturing of laminated sheets, there will be no consumption of water. The Industrial water consumption for proposed Resin plant will be 28.7 KL/Day (Fresh water : 23.1 L/D, Reuse water: 5.6 L/D), which will be used for Cooling (make up), steam boiler & washing and scrubbing purpose. Domestic water consumption for proposed unit will be 5.1 KL/Day. The unit will develop Green Belt Area within the industrial premises hence the water requirement for gardening purpose will be KL/day which will be satisfied by reusing the treated water from STP. So total water requirement will be 28.2 KL/ Day. Waste Water generation Water will not be consumed in the manufacturing process of laminated sheets & resin plant, but water will be released about 3.78 KL/day from resin manufacturing process. Total generated wastewater (8.08 KL/day) will be treated in the Effluent Treatment Plant. Treated effluent will be evaporated & reused in process. Thus industry will maintain ZERO DISCHARGE. The Domestic Effluent will be generated 12.0 KL/day and it will be treated in STP and reused in gardening and in sanitary purpose. 4.28

165 The Category wise details of water consumption and wastewater generation are shown in Table 4.10 and in Fig Table 4.10 Water consumption and Waste Water Generation details No. 1. Domestic 2. Gardening Source Water Consumption KL/Day (Fresh: 5.1 Reuse:7.59) (Fresh 0 Reuse:4.410) Waste Water Generation KL/Day 12 (Reused) 3. Industrial a. Process Nil 3.78 b. Cooling c. Steam boiler d. Scrubbing & Dilution Purpose e. Washing Industrial Water Consumption/ (Fresh : 23.1 Waste Water Generation Reuse : 5.6) 8.08 Total Water Consumption/ Waste Water Generation Nil

166 Fig. 4.4 Water Balance Diagram Source of Water Supply: Bore well Total: 28.2 KL/D Domestic Use 5.1 KL/D 7.59 KL/D used in sanitary Fresh 0 KL/D Gardening KL/D Fresh Water 23.1 KL/D Industrial Use 28.7 KL/D 5.6 KL/D Recycle Drinking use KL/D Used in Sanitary Purpose KL/D STP 12 KL/D Reuse 12 KL/D Cooling 8 KL/D Blow Down 0.4 KL/D Washing 0.2 KL/D R.O. Reject 2.5 KL/D Boiler Blowdown 1.2 KL/D R. O. 7.5 KL/D Fresh 5 KL/D Steam Boiler 24 KL/D Condensate 19 KL/D Condensate 19 KL/D Process Nil 3.78 KL/D Scrubbing & Dilution Process 13 KL/D Scrubbed methanol sold to Authorized recycler ETP 8.08 KL/D Note: Industry will evaporate the effluent after primary treatment. Thus maintain zero discharge. Waste Water Management System (Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant) Effluent Treatment Plant Process Industrial wastewater generated due to boiler & cooling make-up and resin manufacturing process and washing process will be collected in Primary Collection tank and neutralized the effluent to make homogeneous mixture. Subsequently effluent from Primary Collection tank will be collected in holding tank, where Photo Fenton Reagent will be added and proper mixed with stirrer to destroy the Phenolic compounds. Treated effluent from holding tank will be sent to primary settling tank to remove the solid particle from the effluent. Supernatant from Primary settling tank will be taken in to evaporation system to evaporate the effluent. Sludge will be collected in HDPE bags and sent to register TSDF site. Thus the industry will achieve Zero discharge. 4.30

167 Fig. 4.5 Flow Diagram of ETP Industrial effluent Collection & Neutralization Tank Holding Tank (Photo Fenton Reagent) Primary Settling Tank Evaporator ZERO DISCHARGE Table 4.11 Details of Effluent Treatment Plant Units Sr. No. Name of ETP Unit Capacity of Unit No. of Unit MOC of Tank 1 Collection & Neutralization tank L 2 RCC 2 Holding tank L 1 RCC 3 Primary Settling tank L 1 MS 4 Evaporator 625 L/Hr. 1 MS Impact of Solid Waste The various type of solid waste generated should be stored separately in scientific manner so that it should not adversely affect the air quality, becoming air borne by wind or water regime during rainy season by flowing along with the storm water. The hazardous waste such as ETP sludge, used oil, discarded bags/drums/barrels and Resin waste arises from process. It shall be stored on own land earmarked for effective management. 4.31

168 4.6.9 Rain Water Harvesting Unlike other natural resources, occurring in the geological formation i.e. Aquifers. Ground water is a renewable resource. The nature itself takes care of almost regular replenishment of the ground water resource almost annually. The water depletion problem is mainly in the alluvial areas of city & Prantij Taluka where ground water is being extracted by means of deep drilling and over pumping from multi-aquifer system. Rainwater Harvesting is generally putting back rainwater in to the underground formation, where it will be stored in underground reservoirs so that we can draw it whenever we need it. What is the Need for Rainwater Harvesting System? To meet the ever increasing demand of water. To reduce ground water pollution. To augment the ground water storage and decline of water level. To improve the quality of ground water. To reduce the soil erosion. To reduce the runoff which chokes storm drains & to avoid flooding of rouds. To supplement domestic water requirements during summer, drought etc. The harvested rain water can be used for flushing, washing, gardening, irrigation, fire fighting and even consumption with necessary treatment, Rain water is the purest form ofr water available to us. Components:- Catchment Collection system Filtration unit Storage system:- Technology:- 1. Storage in artificial above or under ground tanks. 2. Recharging aquifer directly through tube wells with necessary treatment. 3. Recharging aquifer by percolation / Soakage in the ground. 4.32

169 Aquifers best suited for artificial recharge are those that absorb large quantities of water and do not release them too quickly. Theoretically this means that the vertical hydraulic conductivity is high while the horizontal hydraulic conductivity is moderate. Most of the artificial recharge areas are located in the alluvial plains because of many favourable conditions like availability of infiltration waters and transmissivity of the aquifers. Ground Water recharge Rate:- The technical feasibility and economic viability of artificial recharge of Ground Water has already be established by CGWB (UNDP/CGWB 1986) by siphen method. Salient features of experiment of state govt. and PRL in 1977 :- 1. Recharge rate : 590 LPM 2. Build up in the injection well : m 3. Drawdown in source well :- 0.70m 4. Build up in observation (V=40m) :-1.15m 5. Transmissivity :- 540 m2 /day 6. Permeability : 70 m / Day 7. Injection well efficiency : 56% No. clogging in injection well was observed after 220 hrs of experiment. This method was found more economical and cost at the time of experiment was found to be 45 paisa per 1000 lits. (8) Roof Top Rain Water Harvesting (R T R W H ) Introduction:- In arid and semiarid areas rain water forms the only source of domestic water supply. This is an ideal solution to water problem where there is no ground water (Saline ground water) and surface sources are very far. This is ideally suited from the economical point of view. Rain water is bacteriologicaly pure, free from, organic water and soft in nature. To meet drinking water demand during the critical dry period of days roof top water harvesting is very useful. 4.33

170 Ground water recharge or storage from house of 100 Sq. m of roof top will be lits in one year, sufficient for a period of four months for a family of five members. In roof top rain water harvesting the rain water is collected from roof of the buildings and stored in water tank or ground water reservoir for beneficial use in future. The size of the catchment area and tank should be enough to supply sufficient water for the users during this period. Volume:- Volume of tank can be calculated by the following formula. V= (t x n x a ) tat where V= Volume of tank (litters) T= Length of the dry season (days) N= Number of people using the tank A= Consumption per capita per days (litters) ET= Evaporation loss during the dry period Since evaporation from a closed storage tank is negligible the evaporation loss (et) can be ignored (=Zero) Need for R T R W H :- (Roof Top Rain Water Harvesting) To meet ever increasing demand for water in urban areas. To reduce the runoff which is chocking the storm drains To avoid the flooding of roads To augment the ground water storage and control decline of water levels To reduce the ground water pollution To improve the quality of ground water To reduce the soil erosion Rain water may be harnessed at place of need and may be utilized at time of need The structures required for harvesting the rain water are simple, economical and ecofriendly Essential Components of the system Roof Catchment Gutters for collection of roof water Down pipe to convey rain water from gutter to storage tank Foul Flush to divert the contaminated run-off from roof (for initial wash out before taking to storage tank 4.34

171 Filter/Mesh Storage tank under ground Water withdrawal arrangement (Hand Pump) Dis-infection arrangement Design Consideration:- In the design system, the main criterion is the most economical combination of the storage tank volume, systematic analysis of rainfall records and construction costs. Selection of Site:- Site should be close to the house to reduce the cost of down pipe Site should have good drainage and should be away from the cattle shed and soak pits etc. for cleanliness and hygiene surrounding the tank Site should be away from tress to prevent litters falling on the roof and structural disturbance to the tank by roof propagation Site should be easily accessible for tapping water Tips for Maintenance of the R R H S:- Always keep the surroundings of the tank clean and hygienic Remove Algae from the roof tiles and asbestos sheets before the monsoon Drain the tank completely and clean from inside thoroughly before the monsoon Clean the water channels (Gutters) often during rainy season and definitely before the first monsoon rain Avoid first 15 or 20 minutes of rain fall depending on the intensity of rain. Use the first flush arrangement to drain off this first rain water Change the filter media every rainy season In coastal area the tank may be painted outside by corrosion resistant paint once in 3 years and in other areas lime (Calcium Carbonate) based white wash may be applied not only for beauty but also for cleanliness Withdraw water from the system at the rate of 5 lits/head/day. This will ensure availability of water throughout the water scarcity period. Cover all inlet and outlet pipes with closely knife nylon net or fine cloth or cap during nonrainy season to avoid entry of insects, worms and mosquitoes. The substances that go into the making of the roof should be non-toxic in nature (9) Method of Recharge :- 4.35

172 Artificial recharge is achieved by three methods namely by spreading by induced recharge and by injection. The suitability of particular method is based on the hydro geological condition. Our area is composed of deep aquifers with impervious over burden hence injection method is most suitable. Water is fed directly in to the depleted aquifers by providing a conduit access such as tubewell. Recharge by tubewell is the only method for artificial recharge of confined aquifer or deep seated aquifers. The recharge is instantaneous and there are no transit losses and evaporation losses. Artificial recharge is an important aspect of ground water management as it provides storage space free of cost, during dry period. The under ground reservoirs can be used for indefinite period, if properly operated. Recharge Tubewell:- This technique is applied for recharging the aquifer by constructing borewell by DR rig in Alluvium formation as under Design and Methodology A borewell of 300 mm diameter shall be drilled by DR rig to the desired depth depending on geological conditions. In Alluvium formation the depth should be drilled for 120 to 150 m. in the project area. Weathered zone of borewell shall be cased with perforated pipe A 150mm diameter perforated UPVC/ AC Pressure pipe shall be lowered to the entire depth of borewell. Annular space between 150mm pipe and borewell wall shall be filled with gravel. Top of the 150mm pipe shall be sealed with provision of Air vent. A filter pit of suitable dimensions say, 2.5 x 2.5 x 2.5 m. shall be constructed around borewell Quality of water used for recharge should be that, the water is clean and free from silt and any other contamination Filter Pit for Recharge Tubewell :- Function:- Main function is to reduce turbidity of raw water to reduce chocking of gravel pack. Keep feeding filtered water to recharge well. 4.36

173 Importance:- To sustain the recharge process. To maintain the recharge rate. The system is gravel less system, maintenance free, Provides effective sustainable recharge rate transparent process etc. Recharge pit around Tubewell Recharge pit size 2.5 x 2.5 x2.5 mts. Depth Recharge unit:- Vee wire screen (ss304) size 150 mm X 300 mm dia length of unit 1.5 mts. Provision for air vent should be done 150 mm size screen - Slot size 0.5 mm 300 mm size screen Slot size 0.75 mm Coarse sand packing between two screen space.(1.0 mm size coarse sand) Diagram of recharge pit with borewell is attached. (10) Runoff Calculation :- The area under investigation for M/s. Levin Décor LLP. at Poglu, Prantij, Dist. Sabarkantha is M 2. The dependable Rainfall of the project area is 904 mm i.e m. Available Rain water for m 2 area is 6450 m 3 water. Total consumption of project area is lits/day i.e m 3 water per year. Hence the total consumption is more than the rain water available for recharge from the project area. One recharge tubewell of size 300mm dia x 60 mts. depth as per recharge tubewell design is recharging 20,000 lit. per hour. Hence one recharge tubewell can recharge 320 m 3 water with provision of 500 m 3 water capacity of farm pond (20 x 15 x 2m size) for continuous available of water in one day(24 hours). In Sabarkantha District average 30 rainy days in a year and due to storage of 500 m 3 capacity of Farm pond 30 days in a year can recharge by one recharge tubewell if water is available continuously for recharge. The consumption of m 3 water for the project are is to be recharged for reducing environment impact. From the project area 6450 m 3 water is available for recharge. Hence additional m 3 water will be recharged by the company. 4.37

174 Main source of water is borewell within the plant site. Use of water for industrial purpose causes negative impact on the environment. However the select process is eco-friendly. The proponent is going for rain water harvesting by recharge tubewell, which will also used in development of green belt. The development of green belt improves the moist conditions in the soil and control thermal radiation. Due to rain water harvesting, ground water quality will be improved in due course. (11) Recommendations :- Looking to the Geohydrology of the area, rainfall intensity, it is proposed to drill Recharge Borewell in one farm pond, having capacity of 500 m 3 water for maximum recharging of rain water. One recharge tubewell of following specification is to be drilled in private land of Directors/Partner s as shown under (12) Recharge tubewell Design & Specification :- Specification of deep tubewell 300 mm dia X 60 mts. depth Expected recharge- 20,000 lits/hrs Vee wire screen 36 mts. for tapping zones between 20 to 60 mts. Slot size- 1.5 mm or 2.0 mm LCG. Reaming hole 600 mm hole Gravel size 4 to 6 mm. Gravel packing between 20 to 60 mts. depth Clay packing upto 20 from Ground level Electro logging essential Expected cost of Recharge tubewell 5 lacs. 4.38

175 Well Inventory of surrounding villages of the project area Prantij Taluka:- Sr.no Village Typer source Discharge in LPM Depth M Portability Formation WL m Nos.of sources 1 Dalpur T/W NP-N ALL Nananpur T/W NP-N ALL Sonasan T/W NP-F ALL Rasulpur T/W P ALL Salal T/W P ALL Piludra T/W NP-F ALL Poglu T/W NP-F ALL Zinzva T/W P ALL Memadpur T/W NP-N ALL Sadoliya T/W NP-F ALL Galesara T/W NP-F ALL Vadrad T/W NP-N ALL Kamalpur T/W NP-F ALL Jenpur T/W P ALL Prantij (M) T/W NP-F ALL 29 4 SST : Sandstone ALL : Alluvium F : Fluoride N : Nitrate NP : Non Portable P : Portable TW : Tubewell 4.39

176 4.40

177 4.41

178 M/s. Levin Décor LLP Map Sheet # 46A15 at Poglu. 4.42

179 Table 4.12 Negative Impacts and Mitigations during Operational Phase Discipline Negative Impacts Water Deterioratio n of Ground water quantity Air Increase in Dust and SO2 levels in ambient air. Operational Impact Probable Mitigative Measures Source Bore well The water conservation is minimum with the adopted technology i.e zero discharge. Negligible amount of wastewater generated and it will be treated and used properly. Stack Bag Filter will be installed to emissions, raw control Particulate matter and material methanol. Maximum stack heights storage and will be provided for the proper transportation dispersion of pollutants. Motor able roads in the plant area will be paved to reduce dust emission. By using imported coal as fuel the dust emissions will be minimized. Remarks Minimum water will be used in this adopted technology The resultant air quality will confirm to the stipulated standards. The installation of air pollution control equipment and emissions will be controlled under specified norms. Solid Dust and ash Coal based Ash will be disposed to nearby The solid waste waste from air boiler & coal brick manufacturers. generated from the pollution based Thermic plant will be send control fluid heater to authorized equipment. reprocessor. Ecology Impact on Emissions Green belt shall be developed in Proper green belt plant from stack such a way that they will act as planning with species sinks to pollutant. Pollution diversified species resistant/ tolerant plant species control soil erosion, shall be selected to minimize improve damage to vegetation. The Soil moisture and increased biomass and species organic matter and diversity will lead to sustainable leads to 4.43

180 development of ecosystem. sustainable ecosystem. Noise Increase in Equipment in Equipment will be designed to Increase in noise levels main plant and conform to noise levels prescribed greenbelt in the plant auxiliaries. by regulatory agencies. Provision of development, area. green belt and plantation would proper equipment further help in attenuating noise. maintenance can minimize noise emanation. The employees working in high noise areas would be provided earplugs/ earmuffs as protective device. Socio- More Increase in No land acquisition or Overall socio- economy pressure on employment rehabilitation is needed as economic status of existing employees/ Additional infrastructure facilities the area is amenities laborers. will be created. Creation of expected to like housing, employment will improve economic improve. The water status of the people residing within project will help to demand etc. study area. meet the present demand of the product for some extent in the market Monitoring of Water Consumption Periodic water audits will be conducted to explore the possibilities for minimization of water consumption. Continuous efforts will be made to reduce the water consumption and thereby to reduce the wastewater generation. Flow meter will be installed for the entire major water inlet and the flow rates will be continuously monitored. 4.44

181 Other Information Land The proposed plant will not alter major the land use pattern except plant erection. Enough parking places will be provided The landscape will improve because of well planed green belt development and bitumen roads Water Zero discharge of water Flora The proposed green belt will have more diversity and leads to sustainable ecosystem and there is possibility to attract more birds. Fauna There will not be any significant impact on the fauna. The green belt may attract avifauna, as the land requirement is only 765 Sq. Mt. 4.45

182 Air Quality To reduce stack emissions, multi-cyclone dust collector with scrubber will be erected. The stack heights will be 30 m to provide proper dispersion of pollutants. Noise Proper acoustic enclosures will be provided at noise generating sources surrounded by green belt Building materials Fly ash will be sold to nearby brick manufacturers. Occupational Health Surveillance The medical records of each employee shall be maintained separately. Pre-employment medical examination shall be conducted. All workers shall be medically tested once in a year and at the end of his term of employment. Noise levels at the critical areas will be monitored regularly and the workers at high noise generating areas will undergo audiometric tests once in six months. Occupational Health Surveillance shall be undertaken as regular exercise for all the employees especially for those engaged in handling hazardous substances. Occupational Health Centre (OHC) for medical examination of employees with all the basic facilities will be established within the plant. All the first aid facilities shall be provided. 4.46

183 CHAPTER- 5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ASPECTS 5.1 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MITIGATION MEASURES Introduction The mitigation measures suggested above will be implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed plant. In order to facilitate easy implementation, mitigation measures are phased as per the priority implementation. The priority of the implementation schedule is given in the following Table-5.1. Table -5.1 Implementation of Schedule Recommended control measures Time Requirement Implementation schedule Immediate Progressive Air pollution Before commissioning of respective units - Water pollution Before commissioning of the plant - Noise pollution Along with the commissioning of the plant - Ecosystem-Greenbelt development Stage wise implementation - Note: * indicates implementation of recommendations Institutional Arrangements for Pollution Control Organization at Site The environmental cell at the plant site in co-ordination with the environment division at M/s. Levin Decor LLP., Gujarat will provide necessary services on environmental issues during construction and operation of the project. This group will be responsible for implementation of environmental M/s. T. R. Associates 5.1

184 management plan and interaction with the environmental regulatory agencies, reviewing draft policy and planning. This department interacts with Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB), MoEF, Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and other environment regulatory agencies. 5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING An impact assessment study comprises two main phases: Assessment of the present situation with regard to environmental problems; and Prediction of the impact of future development and/or alteration in the operation and design of existing installations. Usually, as in the case of the present study, an impact assessment study is carried out over a short period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by natural or by human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring program of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objective of monitoring is: 1. To verify the results of the impact assessment study in particular with regard to new development; 2. To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical; 3. To check or assess the efficiency of the pollution control measures; 4. To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new installations; 5. To check assumption made with regard to the development and to detect deviations in order to initiate necessary measures; and 6. To establish a database for future Impact Assessment Studies for new projects. The attributes, which merit regular monitoring, are specified underneath a. Air quality both at source and ambient atmosphere; b. Water and wastewater quality; c. Noise levels; d. Ecological preservation and greenbelt development; M/s. T. R. Associates 5.2

185 e. Socio-economic aspects. The Post Project Monitoring to be carried out at the industry level is discussed below Monitoring and Reporting Procedure Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during plant operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the monitoring program can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the plant and suitable mitigatory steps could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. The following routine monitoring program would therefore be implemented. A comprehensive monitoring program is suggested in Table 5.2. The environmental attributes will be monitored as given below. M/s. T. R. Associates 5.3

186 Table 5.2 Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters No I II Monitoring Duration of Particulars Frequency Sampling Air Pollution & Meteorology A Stack Monitoring i Stack (2 stacks) Once in a month 60 minutes B Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Project site and 3 more 24 hrs i once in a month specified locations continuously C Meteorology Meteorological data to be Hourly data for i monitored at the proposed Daily 24 hours plant. Water and Wastewater Quality A Effluents 24 hr 1 Domestic & Sanitary effluents Once in a month composite B Ambient Water quality Important Monitoring Parameters SO2, NOx, PM, voc Temperature, velocity PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HydroCarbon, Volatile Organic Compound Wind speed and direction, temperature, RH & RF ph, salts, COD, BOD, SO4, Cl, O&G and metals I) Once in a season Surface Water except for heavy metal which will Grab Parameters specified under IS:2296 (Class C) and IS:10500, be monitored 1993 annually once. III Ambient Noise Levels 1 On the Plant Boundary Once in 6 months 24 hr -- M/s. T. R. Associates 5.4

187 2 Any other location specified by CPCB continuous with one hr interval Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Assessment Ambient Air Quality Monitoring The Ambient Air quality shall be monitored at project Site and two upwind and downstream locations once every quarter for SPM, PM10, PM2.5, NOx & SO2, and CO levels during the Construction Phase and Operational Phase. The Ambient Noise Levels shall also be monitored once every six months. The following methodology shall be adopted for monitoring of Ambient Air Quality Table 5.3 Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Assessment Variables Pollutant Method of analysis PM10 Particulate Matter 10 IS 5182 (Part 23) (RA 2006) Gases Dust PM2.5 Respirable Suspended Particulate STP No. TRA/STP/AA/02 Based on manual Matter instrument manufactures. SO2 Sulfur dioxide IS 5182 (Part 2): 2001 (RA 2002) NOx Nitrous Oxides IS 5182 (Part 6): 2006 (RA 2002) HC Non Methyl Hydrocarbon IS 5182 (Part 10): 2006 VOC VOC IS 5182 (Part 11): 2006 The limits for AAQ as per CPCB is given in the following Table 5.4 M/s. T. R. Associates 5.5

188 Table 5.4 National Ambient Air Quality Standards Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) 18 th November, 2009 India Pollutants Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Concentration in Ambient Air Method of Measurement Time Industrial Resi. Ecological Sensitive weighted Rural & Other Area (Notified By average areas Central Govt.) Annual 1. Improved West and Average * 50 g/m 3 20 g/m 3 Geake method 24 hours** 80 g/m 3 80 g/m 3 2. Ultraviolet fluorescence Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2) Particulate Matter (size > 10 m) (PM10) Particulate Matter (size > 2.5 m) (PM2.5) Annual Average * 40 g/m 3 30 g/m 3 1. Jacob & Hochheiser modified (Na - Arsenite) Method 24 hours* 2. Gas Phase 80 g/m 3 80 g/m 3 Chemiluminescence Annual 1. Gravimetric Average * 60 g/m 3 60g/m 3 2. TOEM 24 hours** 100 g/m g/m 3 3. Beta Attenuation Annual 1. Gravimetric Average * 40 g/m 3 40 g/m 3 2. TOEM 24 hours** 3. Beta Attenuation 60 g/m 3 60 g/m 3 Ozone (O3) 8 Hours** 100 g/m g/m 3 UV. Photometeric 1 Hour ** Chemilminescences 180 g/m g/m 3 Chemical Method Lead (Pb) Annual Average * 0.5 g/m g/m 3 AAS /ICP Method after sampling using EPM hours** or equivalent filter paper. 1.0 g/m g/m 3 ED-XRF Using Teflon Filter Carbon 8 hours** 2.0 mg/m mg/m 3 Non dispersive infrared M/s. T. R. Associates 5.6

189 Monoxide (CO) 1 hour** 4.0 mg/m mg/m 3 spectroscopy * Annual arithmetic mean of minimum of 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval ** 24 hourly / 8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. However, 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days Note: a) National Ambient Air Quality Standard: The levels of air quality with an adequate margin of safety, to protect the public health, vegetation and property. b) Wherever and whenever two consecutive values exceed the limit specified above for the respective category, it would be considered adequate reason to institute regular / continuous monitoring and further investigations. c) The State Government / State Board shall notify the sensitive and other areas in the respective states within a period of six months from the date of Notification of National Ambient Air Quality Standards Methodology for Flue Quality Assessment Stack Gas Monitoring The emissions from the stacks will be continuously monitored for exit concentration of Sulphur dioxide, Oxides of Nitrogen and Particulate Matter. Sampling ports will be provided in the stacks according to CPCB guidelines. For Monitoring of Flue gas the method for Measurement of Emissions from Stationary sources (IS: 11255) shall be adopted Methodology for Water Quality Assessment M/s. T. R. Associates 5.7

190 All the treated effluents will be monitored regularly for the flow rate and quality to identify any deviations in performance of effluent and sewage treatment plants. Appropriate measures will be taken if the treated effluent quality does not conform to the permissible limits. In case of maintenance/ cleaning of the system the settling tanks effluent from circulation system is required to be discharged, it should be treated suitably to conform to the following standards. For analysis of water and waste water the methodology specified in Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater published by American Public Health Association (APHA) or IS: 3025 method entitled Measurement of water Pollutants can be adopted. Ground water samples results were compared with IS: specification and surface water samples results were compared with Class C water quality fit for drinking after conventional treatment as per IS: tolerance limits. Effluent discharge (a) (b) All efforts should be made to reuse and re-circulate the water and to maintain zero effluent discharge. Strom water / garland drain should be provided in the plant. Some of the guidelines shall be followed for the proposed project for achieving this zero discharge levels are: Minimizing quantity of effluents through re-use to the maximum extent feasible; Settling tanks blow down tanks and neutralization pits will be cleaned regularly in order to avoid clogging. Sludge will be removed regularly and sufficient time will be given for proper settling of solids; and The treatment units will be operated regularly M/s. T. R. Associates 5.8

191 Table 5.5 Tolerance Limits for Drinking Water as per IS (Clause 3.1) No Substance or Characteristic Requirement (Desirable Limit) Undesirable Effect Outside the Desirable Limit Permissible Limit in the Absence of Alternate Source Methods of Test(Ref to IS) Remarks 1. PH Value 6.5 to 8.5 Beyond this range the water will affect the mucous membrane &/ or water supply system 2. Iron ( as per ) 0.3 Beyond this limit taste / mg/l, Max) appearance are affected, have adverse effect on domestic uses and water supply structures, and promote iron bacteria. 3. Chloride ( as Cl 250 Beyond this limit, taste mg/l, Max corrosion and palatability are affected Desirable Characters 4. Dissolved Solids mg/l, Max 500 Beyond this palatability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal irritation. 5. Calcium (as Ca) 75 Encrustation in water mg/l, max supply structure and adverse effects on domestic use No relaxation 3025 (Part 11) of (part 32) (Part 16) (Part 40) --- : 1994 M/s. T. R. Associates 5.9

192 6. Sulphate ( as SO4) mg/l, Max 7. Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l, Max 200 Beyond this causes gastro intestinal irritation when magnesium or sodium are present 45 Beyond this methaemo- globinemia (part 24) May be (see col 7) 1986 extended up to 400 provided (as mg) does not exceed (part 34) Bacteriological Examination Organism Unit Guideline Value Fecal Coli-forms Number / 100 ml 0 Total Coli-forms Number / 100 ml 10 M/s. T. R. Associates 5.10

193 Table 5.6 Primary Water Quality Criteria for Various uses of Fresh waters as per CPCB for Prevention and Control of Water Pollution (1979) No Characteristics A* B* C* D* E* 1 Dissolved Oxygen (DO), mg/l, min. 2 Biochemical Oxygen demand (BOD) mg/l, max. 3 Total coli-form organisms** MPN/100 ml. Max. 4 ph Value Free Ammonia (as N), mg/l. max Electrical conductivity, micro mhos/cm max 7 Sodium absorption ratio, SAR max 8 Boron, mg/l, max * Use classes ** If the coli-form is found to be more than the prescribed tolerance limits, the criteria for coliforms shall be satisfied, if not more than 20% of samples show more than the tolerance limits specified and not more than 5% of samples show values more than 4 times the tolerance limit. There should be no visible discharge of domestic and industrial wastes into Class A waters. In case of class B and C the discharge shall be so regulated / treated as to ensure maintenance of the stream standards. M/s. T. R. Associates 5.11

194 Table 5.7 General Standards for Discharge of Effluents Standards No. Parameter Inland surface water Public Sewers Land for irrigation Marine coastal areas 1. Colour and odour See Note 1 -- See Note 1 See Note 1 a) For process waste water b) For cooling water Suspended solids, mg/l, effluent - 10 percent Max. above total suspended matter of influent cooling water a) Floatable solids, 3. Particle size of suspended Shall pass 850 Max 3 mm. solids. micron IS Sieve b) Settle able solids Max 850 microns. 4. Dissolved solids (inorganic), mg/a, max PH value 5.5 to to to 9.0 Shall not exceed 40 in any section 6. Temperature 0 C, Max of the stream 45 at the point 45 at the point of within 15 meters -- of discharge discharge. down stream from the effluent outlet. 7. Oil and grease, mg/l, max Total residual chlorine, mg/l, Max M/s. T. R. Associates 5.12

195 Ammonical nitrogen (as N), mg/l, Max Total Kjeldahl nitrogen (as N), mg/l, Max Free Ammonia (as NH3), mg/l, Max Biochemical oxygen demand (5 days at 20 0 C) Chemical Oxygen demand, mg/l, Max Arsenic (as As), mg/l., Max Mercury (As Hg), mg/l, Max Lead (as Pb), mg/l, Max Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l, Hexavalent chromium (as Cr+6) mg/l, Max Total chromium (as Cr), mg/l, Max Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max Zinc (as Ni), mg/l, Max Selenium(as Se), mg/l, Max Nickel (as Ni), mg/l, Max Boron (as B), mg/l, Max Percent sodium, Max Residual sodium Carbonate, mg/l, Max Cynide (as Cn), Mg/l, Max Chloride (as Cl), mg/l Max M/s. T. R. Associates 5.13

196 29. Fluoride (as F), mg/l, Max Dissolved Phosphate (as P), mg/l, Max Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l, Max Sulphide (as S), mg/l, Max Pesticides Absent Absent Absent Absent Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/l, Max Radioactive materials : Alpha emitters MC/ml., Max. Beta emitter s μc/ml. Max Note :- 1. All efforts should be made to remove colour and unpleased odor as far as practicable. 2. The Standards mentioned in this notification shall apply to all the effluents discharged, such as industrial mining and mineral processing activities, municipal sewage, etc. 3. Omitted by Rule 2 of the Environment (Protection) Fourth Amendment Rules, 1992 vide Notification G.S.R. 797(E) dated , Gazette No. 396 dated M/s. T. R. Associates 5.14

197 6.1 INTRODUCTION - DISASTER CHAPTER - 6 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN An emergency is said to have arisen when operations in the plant are not able to cope up with a potential hazardous situation i.e. loss of control of an incident cause the plant to go beyond its normal operating conditions, thus creating danger. When such an emergency evolves chain of events affect the normal working within the factory area and/ or which may cause injuries, loss of life, substantial damage to property and environment both inside and outside the factory and a disaster is said to have occurred. The various steps involves in the process of Disaster Management can be summarized as: Minimize Risk Occurrence (Prevention) Rapid Control (Emergency Response) Effectively Rehabilitate Damaged Areas (Restoration) Disaster Management Plan is involved by careful scrutiny and interlinking of: Types and causes of disaster Technical know-how Resource availability 6.2 TYPES OF DISASTER The various type of Disaster that may occur is Due to the fire and Hurricane, cyclone and other natural calumniates Objectives of the Plan The plan is developed to make best possible of Levin Décor LLP., Rescue the victims and treat them suitable. Safe guard others (evacuating them to safer places). Contain the incident and control it with minimum damage. M/s. T. R. Associates 6.1

198 Identify the persons affected. Preserve relevant records and equipment needed as evidence incase on inquiry. Rehabilitate the affected areas. 6.3 IDENTIFICATION OF MAJOR HAZARDS From the preliminary risk assessment study presented in Chapter 7 of this report, some of the possible hazards are Methanol, phenol, melamine and caustic. 6.4 OBJECTIVES OF THE PLAN The plan will set into action immediately after a fire occurs inside the plant. However fire hazard will be restricted to fuel tank storage area only and hence to major disaster is envisage Basis of Plan Levin Décor LLP. will prepare an onsite emergency plan. The basic guidelines of the Plan are as given below: Informative broacher on emergency will be distributed to each staff member of the plant and telephone numbers of key personnel to be contacted during an emergency will be placed at all the operator placement point in the plan. Workers would be trained regularly on fire hazard drill, which will be organized once in a here mock drill from the safety and fire agency. The industry will provide the wall surrounding the methanol storage area. 24 hours vehicle for service and in-plant first aid emergency kit would be provided. M/s. T. R. Associates 6.2

199 6.4.2 Post Disaster Analysis and Evaluation When emergency is over, it is desirable to carry out a detailed analysis of the causes of the accident to evaluate the influence of various factors involved and to propose methods to eliminate them in future. Simultaneously, the adequacy of the disaster preparedness plan will be evaluated and any short comings will be rectified General Recommendations All non-routine work etc. should be carried out under a permit system. Adequate number of caution boards high lighting the hazards of chemicals to be handled, eye bath and emergency showers should be provided at critical location. Adequate number of absorbents should be placed at accessible locations in the tank farm area as well as in the pump house that would enable to contain spills immediately. Adequate color coding and labeling of the pipelines should be provided for easy identification of products proposed to be handled through them. The damage distance due to any failure could be reduced, by reducing the time required to stop the leak, which in turn would reduce the quantity of spillage. The response time could be reduced by installing /maintaining instruments, effective communication system, etc. It is recommended that rubber mats be provided in front of electrical panel of the entire plant with a view to prevent employees from receiving electric shocks. It is suggested that all type of fire extinguishers be placed at appropriate places for easy access in case of emergency The availability, organization, and utilization of resources for emergency The organizational set-up necessary for chain of commands during emergency situation, which may arise in the premises, is given in Fig The system is described in following Subsections M/s. T. R. Associates 6.3

200 Figure 6.1 On Site Disaster Management Plan Factory Manager Safety officer Skilled person Un-skilled person Functions and Responsibilities of Factory Manager He shall be the main guiding person for direct emergency operations. Safety officer The main responsibility of safety officer is safety management. The Safety management includes the implementation of prevention methods to avoid incident or accident and handling of emergency in case of accident. Skilled person He shall be responsible for the operation and maintenance. He shall be arranging the safety equipment accordingly. He shall be followed the instruction of supervisor and officer Emergency Response Room (Safety officer room) The place identified as Emergency Response Center will be considered as the Security Gate Office. The location of the Emergency Response Center may change in future as per convenience. The facilities available at the Emergency Response Center shall include: M/s. T. R. Associates 6.4

201 i. Internal Telephone ii. External Telephone iii. Manual Fire/Emergency Siren iv. Siren Actuation Switch v. Important Address and Telephone Numbers vi. Emergency Vehicles vii. Confined Space Entry Procedure viii. List of Antidote/actions to be taken in case of hazardous chemical/materials. ix. Material Safety Data Sheets of chemicals x. A copy of On-Site Disaster Management Plan All communications after General Shift working hours and on Sundays/ Holidays are to be routed through the Security Gate Office. General Rules 1. Follow sense of discipline and do not pain. 2. Do not rush and endanger your personnel safety 3. Use personnel protective equipment according to the situation 4. Do not block any passages, which may hinder the movement of emergency vehicles. 5. In case you have to shut down your plant operation, do it in an orderly manner as per standard operating procedures. 6. In situation when you have to leave your work and evacuate to identify places out of operating areas, do it in an orderly manner. 7. Follow instructions of the Safety officer. 8. Understand the Disaster Management Plan well and take interest in practice mock drill Fire Fighting Facilities A. Fire Buckets / Fire Extinguishers Fire buckets and portable fire extinguishers (7 nos.) will be provided in all the areas depending upon the specific needs of the area. Some spare equipment will also be maintained in the inventory at an identified fire & safety equipment store. M/s. T. R. Associates 6.5

202 B. Fire Alarm Sirens It shall be provided to alert all the employees inside the premises about the situation of an emergency. C. Sand Buckets 5 nos. of sand buckets will be provided within the industrial premises in case of emergency fire. D. Oxygen cylinder 1 no. of oxygen cylinder will be provided for emergency. E. Safety Equipment All types of personnel protective safety equipment required for handling the emergency are to be arranged in the Wonder Industry site. Some of the protective equipment is as follow: o Canister/Cartridge type masks o Dust Masks o PVC suits, Aprons o Safety showers/ Eye Wash fountains o Other personnel protective appliances, like safety glasses, gumboots, helmets, hand gloves, face shields, safety belts, safety ladders, safety torches, blankets Other Key Personnel All key personnel will wear red helmet for their identification and easy recognition. The responsibilities and duties of key personnel include. 1. Safety The safety officer/ supervisor will carry out the following: M/s. T. R. Associates 6.6

203 To provide necessary equipment like fire fighting equipment (FFE) and personal protective equipment (PPE). To accompany factory inspector during investigation of the emergency. To train workers/ supervisors in safety and safe operating procedures. To assist the site main controller, incident controller in preparing a brief report of the incident. 2. Assembly Points: The assembly points for gathering non-essentials workers / persons will be fixed and will be clearly marked as per the wind direction. 3. Fire Control Arrangement: Fire fighting trained personnel will be made available in all the shifts. The responsibilities and duties include: To fight the fire with available internal fire fighting equipment and to stop leakage of liquid etc. To provide personal protective equipment to the team. To cordon the area and inform incident controller or site main controller about the development of emergency. To train the persons (essential workers) to use personal protective equipment and fire-fighting equipment. 4. Medical Arrangement: The responsibilities and duties include: To provide first aid to the affected persons, and, if necessary, send them to hospitals for further treatment. To keep a list of blood groupings ready and update. 5. Transport Evacuation Arrangement: For transportation of people, company s vehicles, cars, rickshaws etc. will be utilized. M/s. T. R. Associates 6.7

204 CHAPTER - 7 RISK ASSESSMENT 7.1. OBLECTIVE, PHILOSOPHY & METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT: OBJECTIVE: The main objective of the Risk Assessment study is to determine damage due to major hazards having damage potential to life and property and provide a scientific basis to assess safety level of the facility. The secondary objective is to identify major risk in manufacture of chemicals, storage of chemicals and provide control though assessment. To prepare on- site, off site, disaster management plan for control of hazards. PHILOSOPHY: The main philosophy of risk assessment is to find out the real cause of accident and then based on it to suggest appropriate remedial measures to prevent its recurrence. To find out unsafe action negligence, omission or personal fault METHODOLOGY: To find out the quantitative Risk Assessment study as follow. Identify Vulnerable Zone for toxic dispersion, pool fire, Tank on fire (Thermal Radiation), Flash Fire, and Explosion over pressure (Vapor Cloud Explosion) by using software. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.1

205 7.2. DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS : EIA Report for the Proposed Resin Manufacturing Plant of Levin Décor LLP. No. Description Physical Form Type of Packing / Storage/ Mode of storage Transportation Capacity of storage Raw Materials 1 Methanol Liquid M.S.(U/G Tank) Road/Railway 35 KL 2 Formaldehyde Liquid S.S Road/Railway 40 KL 3 Urea Solid Industrial Plastic Bag Road/Railway 10MT 4 Caustic (NaOH) Solid Woven sack Bag Road/Railway 0.5 MT 5 Melamine Solid Industrial Plastic Bag Road/ Railway 20 MT 6 Phenol Liquid M.S Tank Road/ Railway 35 KL 7.3. DETAILS OF FINISHED PRODUCTS : No. Description Physical Form Type of Packing / Storage/ Mode of storage Transportation Capacity of storage Products 1 Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Semi solid Stored in Storage tank of Syntex tank Captive consumption & rest will be transported by road, rail & ship 20 MT 2 Melamine Formaldehyde Resin Semi solid Stored in S.S. Tank Captive consumption & rest will be transported by road, rail & ship 10MT 3 Urea Formaldehyde Resin Semi solid Stored in Storage tank of MS lined with FRP Captive consumption & rest will be transported by road, rail & ship 30MT M/s. T. R. Associates 7.2

206 7.4. LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS ALONGWITH THEIR TOXICITY LEVEL AS PER MSIHC RULES Sr. no. Chemicals TLV LD50 Oral Mg/K gs Toxicity Level LD50 Dermal Mg/ Kgs LC 50 Mg/L 1 Phenol 5 ppm Formaldehyde 0.3/l ppm LEL % Methanol 200 ppm ppm / 4 hr 6 UEL % Flammable Limit FP 0 C 79(CC) 85(OC) 50 0 C CC 60 0 C CC BP 0 C Class (As per petroleu m classifica tion) 182 C 96 B 12 0 C 64.5 A Chemical Class (As per MSIHC Rules) Flamma ble, Toxic, Hazardo us Flammable, Toxic, Hazardous Very high flammable 5 Caustic Soda 2 mg/m3 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A Hazardous 6 Melamine N.A N.A N.A N.A C N.A C Slightly flammable 7 Urea N.A N.A N.A N.A -- N.A Note: CC: Close Cup OC: Open Cup N.A.: Not Available. The Toxicity level of hazardous chemicals as per Manufacture, storage and import of Hazardous Chemical (Amendment) Rules, 2000 (MSIHC) is shown as below Toxicity Index as per MSIHC Rule 2000 Sr. No Toxicity Oral Toxicity LD50 (Mg/Kg) 1 Extremely Toxic Dermal Toxicity LD50 (Mg/Kg) <5 <40 <0.5 2 Highly Toxic >5-50 > > Toxic > > >2-10 Inhalation Toxicity LD50 (Mg/Kg) M/s. T. R. Associates 7.3

207 Sr. No. EIA Report for the Proposed Resin Manufacturing Plant of Levin Décor LLP HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND PREVENTIVE MEASURES Raw Material Storage hazards and controls: Name material stored of Quantity (Max) Operating press/ temp Hazard Rating Systems (1) Phenol 1 X 35 KL NTP TLV 5 PPM STEL-10 PPM NFPA Ratings: Health: 4; Flammability: 2; Instability: 0 Flash Point: C (2) Type of hazard / Risk involved Toxic when contact with Skin Causes burns Toxic if swallowed Irritating to Skin, Eyes and Respiratory System Persons Affected Operators Maintenan ce Technician s Control Measures: Dyke provision to storage tank Safety boards displayed on the tank Good ventilation must be provided. For accidental contact with skin, nearby provision of soap-suds Use water spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) to prevent contact with thermal decomposition products. Handling of Phenol with Safety glasses, hand gloves, gumboot Formaldehyd e 2 X 20 KL NTP TLV 0.3 PPM (1 ppm) NFPA Ratings: Health - 3 Flammability - 2 B Reactivity - 0 Flash Point: 500C Flammable Very toxic by inhalation. Very toxic in contact with skin. Very toxic if swallowed. Causes burns. Limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect. Risk of serious damage to the eyes. May cause sensitization by skin contact. Operators Maintenance Technicians M/s. T. R. Associates 7.4

208 Sr. No. Name material stored of EIA Report for the Proposed Resin Manufacturing Plant of Levin Décor LLP. Quantity (Max) Operating press/ temp Hazard Rating Systems Type of hazard / Risk involved Control Measures: Dyke provision to storage tank Safety boards displayed on the tank Good ventilation must be provided Trap & collect spills with Sand or other inert solids Use an approved gas mask in un-ventilated areas if necessary because of fumes. Handling of Formaldehyde with Safety glasses, Nitrile or butyl rubber gloves (3) Methanol 1 X 35 KL NTP TLV 200 PPM (8-hr TWA) STEL-250 PPM NFPA Ratings: Health: 1 Flammability: 3 Highly Flammable Toxic by inhalation Toxic when contact with Skin Toxic if swallowed Danger of very serious irreversible effects. Control Measures: Keep away from sources of ignition, tight closed container and dyke provision to storage tank Safety board s displayed on the tank Effective ventilation must be provided. For accidental contact if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately Handling of Methanol with Safety gloves and protective clothing Persons Affected Operators Maintenance Technicians M/s. T. R. Associates 7.5

209 Process hazards and controls: Name of Type of hazard possible Material in the hazardous toxic gas release / fire process / process and / explosion / run away operation operation reaction / rupture, etc. Chilling plant Reactor Vessel Steam & Cooled Water Formaldehyde, Melamine, Urea Handling refrigerant Cold burns of Exothermic Run-away reaction Release of Heat and Flammable gases Fire, Toxic gas release and Explosion Control measured provided Annual inspections Safety interlocks to be provided Safety and pressure gauge valves fitted Properly supported and protected against corrosion Testing of Jackets and joints of tubes regularly Raw Materials quantity must be controlled either volumetrically or gravimetrically. Process control devices must be installed includes the use of sensors, alarms, trips and other control systems that either take automatic action or allow for manual intervention to prevent the conditions for uncontrolled reaction occurring. High Temperature indicator valve and alarm system must be provided Auto cutoff system must be provided after reaching of predetermined maximum safe temperature. Pressure gauge is must provided. Safety Control valve is must be provided. The Vessel Emergency Relief vent should discharge to a suitably designed catch pot or should be so positioned that people working in the area and members of the public will not be in danger if the contents of the vessel are discharged. Use skilled worker Proper selection of MOC Mechanical seal in all pumps and reactors Transportation of finished product from vessel to storage tank through M/s. T. R. Associates 7.6

210 General Hazards & controls: Type Emergency Fire Toxic Release Explosion of Gas EIA Report for the Proposed Resin Manufacturing Plant of Levin Décor LLP. Identificatio n of Area Tank area farm Tank Farm Area and Reaction Vessel area All Material handling areas Possible Causes Fire due to Bottom nozzle failure Damage of storage tank Pump discharge nozzle failure Unloading road tanker hose rupture Cylinder blast Rupture of discharge valve Rupture of gas cylinder body Bursting of pipelines Vapor explosion due to contact of spark to accumulated flammable vapor in confined area Possible Results Major fire in the tank farm, it may spread all over the company and surrounding area May cause fatalities Major gas exposure in the company and /or surrounding area of the company which resulting in irritation to respiratory track eyes and suffocation. More inhalation results in fatalities. Improper discharge of static charge Use of non FLP equipment for solvent handling Metal to Preventive/ control Measures Licensed and isolated storage tank farm. Flame proof fittings. Earthling while unloading. Spark arrestor at main gate. Dip pipes on the tank for unloading. Provision of dyke. Earthling of tanks and pumps.\ Get approval from an explosive department for plan approval, equipment layout & emergency control measures. No electrical junction box close to storage materials. Hot work permit system followed for hot working in the ware house. Storage Tank stored under shed and good ventilated area. Procured by license holder party. Fitted with valve protection cap. Valve opened with special key. Loading/unloading done safely. Trained persons for Material Handling in Tank Farm and Storage Tank area. Periodic hydraulic testing through competent person by supplier Painted according to its color code. Flameproof electric installation areas & use spark less tools Isolated storage of Flammable material drums Hot work permit for hot working in the plant Earthling for human static charge Good ventilated area for M/s. T. R. Associates 7.7

211 metal impact Electrical short circuit Open flame Flammable material storage Material handling In Plant Flammable, eye irritating & body accident Fire and health Hazards Trained employee Required PPE and Fire Protective equipment Provided Good engineering practice Separate storage are with dyke valve system provided Methanol, Formaldehyde and Melamine Fire Protective System Storage and other Operation Area Spillage, Leakage and overflow, Fire Hazard Required Fire Extinguisher Provided Flame Proof Electrical Fitting Proper Earthling arrangement Fire Hydrant System with Jockey Pump Gas Detector M/s. T. R. Associates 7.8

212 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP : Safe Practice for Handling, Storage, Transportation and Unloading of Hazardous (Methanol) Chemicals: For Storage/Handling: 1. Separate from strong oxidant. & Keep it in well ventilated room. 2. Dyke wall shall be provided to all above ground storage tank. 3. Fire hydrant system shall be installed. 4. Safety shower and eye washer shall be installed near storage area. 5. Flame proof light fitting shall be provided at flammable storage area. 6. Proper selection of MOC for chemicals storage tank. 7. Sprinkler system shall be installed at flammable material storage area 8. Earthing/bonding shall be provided for static charges.. 9. Flame arrestor shall be provided on flammable material storage tank vent. 10. Level gauge and level measurement instrument shall be provided on material storage tank. 11. Lightening arrestor on all chimney and building shall be provided. 12. Hazardous material should be stored away from the plant and safe distance shall be maintained. 13. Safety permit system shall be followed for loading, unloading of hazardous chemical. 14. Fencing, caution note, hazardous identification board should be provided. 15. Only authorized person shall be permitted in storage tank area and register will be maintained. For Transportation & Unloading: 1. Solvent shall be received by road tanker and stored in above ground storage tank in separated bulk storage area. 2. Loading and unloading procedure shall be prepared for material received through road tanker. 3. Earthing/bonding shall be provided for static charges.. 4. Flexible steel hose shall be used for unloading from the road tanker. 5. Flame proof electric motor shall be used during loading/unloading. 6. NRV shall be provided on pump discharge line. 7. Fixed pipeline with pumps shall be provided for transfer to vessel. 8. TERM CARD will be provided to all transporters and shall be trained for transportation Emergency of hazardous chemicals. 9. Personal Protective Equipment (safety goggles, hand gloves, apron, masks, gum boots etc.) shall be provided OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE PROGRAMME Health surveillance is the monitoring of a person s health to identify changes in health status due to occupational exposure to a hazardous substance. It includes biological monitoring. Ideally, the avoidance of work-related diseases should be achieved by the prevention or controlling exposures to hazardous substances in the workplace. Where a process cannot be designed or maintained to eliminate the risk of exposure, it may be necessary for workers to undergo health surveillance. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.9

213 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. Aims of health surveillance: 1. Identify those at increased risk Health surveillance is used to identify workers who have an increased risk of developing an occupational disease. For example, people who have existing skin, kidney, liver and eye disorders, heart problem; additionally smokers and pregnant women are at increased risk of being severely affected if exposed to Methanol. 2. Compliance with regulations Health surveillance is sometimes required by laws and codes of practice (for example, a worker exposed to lead in battery manufacture or a spray-painted exposed to isocyanates in two-pack paints). Each state or territory has regulations containing a schedule of hazardous substances for which health surveillance is mandated. 3. Early detection The major purpose of health surveillance is to detect adverse health effects at an early stage so that the worker may be protected from further injury, either by control of the process or by removal from exposure. 4. Evaluating effectiveness of control measures Health surveillance is not a control measure in itself and should not be the sole means of determining whether control measures are effective. However, it can provide useful information on the effectiveness of safe working practices. 5. Epidemiology and disease Health surveillance can be used to evaluate the health experiences of groups of workers exposed to specific hazardous agents or working within a particular industry. Workers should be made aware that health surveillance is sometimes necessary to ensure their ongoing health. Health surveillance is often used in addition to workplace monitoring. Workplace monitoring will only indicate the potential for exposure of workers to a hazardous substance. It can never be an indication of the actual amount of substance absorbed or the effect on the body of absorbing the hazardous substance. When a toxic substance (such as an industrial chemical) is present in the environment, it contaminates air, water, food, or surfaces in contact with the skin: environmental monitoring evaluates the amount of toxic agent in these media. As a result of absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion, a certain internal dose of the toxic agent (the net amount of a pollutant absorbed in or passed through the organism over a specific time interval) is effectively delivered to the body and becomes detectable in body fluids. Subsequent interaction with a receptor in the critical organ (the organ which, under specific conditions of exposure, exhibits the first or the most important adverse effect) leads to biochemical M/s. T. R. Associates 7.10

214 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. and cellular events. Both the internal dose and the elicited biochemical and cellular effects may be measured through biological monitoring OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMME The health & physical hazards caused due to toxic, irritant, corrosive, flammable materials. All chemicals are within Threshold Limit Value as per ACGIH. Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure etc. will be carried out regularly and its record will be maintained. Good housekeeping, use of PPE, Engineering controls, Enclosure processes, scrubber system, display of safety boards, SOP of loading / unloading, local exhaust ventilation, safety shower etc. are important safety measures have taken to keep these chemicals within TLV. Appropriate personal protective equipment will be provided & ensure the usage of them. Workers will be trained on safe material handling of hazardous chemicals. Prepare & display the safe operating procedure for hazardous chemicals storage, handling & transporting or using. Periodical medical examination of the workers & Liver Function Testes will be done. Register (form no.37) for work place air monitoring will be done. Employee training and education will be carried out. Control the noise at source by substitution, isolation, segregation, barriers etc. Local Exhaust ventilation and scrubber should be installed where it is required to reduce fumes, vapors, temperature and heat stress. Insulate all hot equipment to reduce air temperature. Reduce the level of physical activity by sharing workload with other or by using mechanical means. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.11

215 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP CHEMICALS WHICH ARE EXPOSED TO WORKERS DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY (1) Formaldehyde (2) Phenol (3) Methanol Pre-employment medical checkup and periodically medical examination will be done. Liver function test will be done during pre-placement and periodical examination Hazardous chemicals are within the TLV/PEL as per ACGIH recommendation by using gas monitor & work place ambient air monitoring FORM NO.37 (Prescribed under Rule 12-B) Register containing particulars of monitoring of working environment required under section 7-A (a) (e) Name of the Department/Plant: Raw Materials, by-products and finished products involved in the process. Sr. No. Name of raw materials Consumption Mt/Month Consumption MT/Day Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin Formaldehyde Urea Phenol Methanol Caustic Melamine Formaldehyde Resins Formaldehyde Melamine Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Formaldehyde Phenol Methanol Caustic M/s. T. R. Associates 7.12

216 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. 1. Particulars of sampling Sr. No. Sr. No. Location/Operation Identified Sampling Air Borne Contamination Average Mentioned Contaminant Instruments Used No. of Range Sample TWA concentration Reference Number of workers Remarks Signature of Name (in as given in second Method exposed at the person block letters) schedule) location being taking monitored sample TREATMENT OF WORKERS AFFECTED BY ACCCIDENTAL SPILLAGE OF CHEMICALS. Hazards With Acute Exposure Contact with skin may cause severe burns or systemic poisoning. Systemic effects may occur from any route of exposure, especially after skin absorption. Hazards With Chronic Exposure Repeated or prolonged exposure to Ammonia may harm the respiratory system. Can irritate and inflame the airways. Methanol affects the central nervous system, liver, and kidneys. Special Safety Precautions Prevent contact with skin by wearing neoprene gloves, lab coat, and resistant apron. Wear safety glasses or a face shield if splashing may occur. Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area, away from heated surfaces or ignition sources. Skin contact requires immediate washing of the affected area with soap and water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before wearing again. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.13

217 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. Procedure for treating workmen after skin contact Skin contact requires immediate flushing of the contaminated area with soap and water at a sink or emergency shower for a good fifteen minutes. Remove contaminated clothing. In case of eye contact, promptly flush the eyes with copious amounts of water for 15 minutes (lifting upper and lower lids occasionally) and obtain medical attention. If methanol is ingested, obtain medical attention immediately. If large amounts of methanol are inhaled, move the person to fresh air and seek medical attention at once. It is recommended to provide the safety shower and eyewash station in plant ANTIDOTES Antidotes for Methanol Ethanol (30 % solution from inside, 5 % solution from outside i.e. by intravenous injection) Epicake syrup In case of acidosis give sodium bicarbonate In case of delirium give diazepam 10 mg by intravenous injection Folinic acid (leucovorin 1 mg/kg iv, 4 hourly) Antidotes for Formaldehyde Milk Activated Charcoal or Water Antidotes for phenol Polyethylene glycol 300 or 400 Activated Charcoal and 240 ml Milk : Details of fire extinguishers: SR. NO. TYPE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CAPACITY EXISTING PROPOSED 1 ABC powder type 5 kg - 2 DCP powder type 5 kg - 3 CO2 gas type 5 kg 8 8 TOTAL: 8 NOs. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.14

218 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP : Minimization of the manual handling of hazardous substance Whether moving materials manually or mechanically, your employees should know and Understand the potential hazards associated with the task at hand and how to control. Their workplaces to minimize the danger. Employers and employees should examine their workplaces to detect any unsafe or unhealthful conditions, practices, or equipment and take corrective action. Provide flameproof electrical motor & transfer chemicals through the pipelines. Use specially designed pallets to hold, move raw materials, finished products through work areas. Minimize lifting of raw materials, heavy loads by using appropriate platforms, trolleys etc. Avoid the moving, manual handling of hazardous material. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.15

219 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP DO S AND DONTS Handling of Chemicals Do s Know the hazards of the chemical before handling. Know the antidotes for chemical, which you are handling. Do keep material safety data sheet in locations where chemicals are being handled and study it. Use appropriate personal protective equipment like gloves, aprons, and respirator; face shield etc. depending upon nature of the work. Label every chemical that you use and tightly close the container. Use eye wash fountain / safety shower in case of splash of chemicals in the eye or body for at least 15 minutes. Segregate toxic, flammable chemicals and keep them under control. In addition to draining and closing valves, lines should be blanked before taking up maintenance work. Provide proper ventilation at the chemical handling area to limit their concentration within prescribed level. Don ts Do not store the chemicals that are incompatible with other chemicals. Do not spill the chemicals. Do not dispose chemical without neutralizing. Do not keep large inventory of chemicals. Do not allow empty containers of hazardous chemicals to be used by others. Do not use compressed air for transferring chemicals. Do not stand near chemical transfer pump while it is in operation with temporary hose connection. Pouring of chemicals by hand or doing siphoning by mouth should never be adopted. Chemicals drums should never be moved without protection. Do not attempt to neutralize the acid / alkali on the skin. Use water only. Do not use solvent for cleaning hands. Material Handling Do s Use proper lifting tool and tackle having adequate capacity. Only authorized persons should operate material handling equipments. Each tool, tackle or equipment should have number and safe working load (SWL) marked on it. Assess weight of the material, distance to be carried and hazards etc. before lifting the load. Inspect and test all the lifting tools and tackles regularly as per Factory Rules. Wear Personal Protective Equipments while handling of material. Wherever possible, mechanized material handling shall be adopted. While lifting a load physically, keep the load as near as possible to the body with feet properly placed for body balance. Bend knees, keep back straight, keep the load closed to the body and lift the load. Don ts Do not use the equipment for the purpose other than its design intention. Do not allow personnel to move underneath lifted load. Do not load the equipment above its safe working load. Do not use makeshift arrangements for lifting equipment without inspection and test. Do not use defective tool and tackles. Keep the tools & tackles free from adverse effect of atmosphere by applying suitable protective coating. The angle between the legs of two leg sling should not exceed 90 degree. Do not allow male and female adult to lift a load manually higher than 55 kgs and 30 kgs respectively. Do not hold the load with tip of the fingers; grasp the load firmly with palm. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.16

220 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. Fire Prevention Do s Follow NO SMOKING sign. Deposit oily rags and waste combustible material in the identified containers and dispose them suitably. Fire Hose used for any other purpose should be permanently marked and taken out of fire hydrant system. Keep minimum inventory of flammable and combustible substances. Take permission before breaking or removal of fire barrier and ensure subsequent relocation of fire barrier. Check periodically the operability of fixed fire fighting system. Attend any abnormality / deficiency with fire protection system promptly. Provide earthling or bonding to prevent accumulation of static charges to tanks where flammable chemicals are stored / handled. Use instruments that are intrinsically safe in explosive atmosphere. Don ts Do not leave flammable material like acetone, kerosene etc. used as cleaning agent at the work area. Do not over tighten fire hydrant valves with F-lever. Do not allow wild grass growth around storage of the gas cylinders and switchyard. Do not obstruct accessibility to the fire related equipment. Do not destroy the inspection tag provided with the fire equipment. Do not misuse fire-fighting equipment other than intended purpose. Do not store the flammable material in the open container. Do not use instruments that are not intrinsically safe in the explosive atmosphere. House Keeping Do s Assign places for everything and maintain things at assigned places. Clean the area after completion of work. Use aisle space free for personnel and material movement. Ensure adequate illumination and ventilation for the job. Drop paper, plastic, glass, metal and bio-medical waste in a separate bin kept for this purpose. Know the location where emergency equipment such as first aid box, fire fighting equipment, SCBA, Stretchers are kept. Arrest all types of spills such as chemical, water, oil, air / gas, steam etc. and clean up the area immediately. Ensure exits are indicated / painted for use during emergency. Don ts Do not leave combustible materials in the work area. Do not smoke in the area of work. Do not allow dust bin to overflow. Do not generate extra waste. Do not disturb the safety equipment from assigned location. Do not block emergency switches and on/off switches of the equipment by storming of materials in front of work. Do not leave cleaning agent like acetone, isopropyl alcohol, kerosene etc. at the work area after completion of work. Do not block fire exit point by storing materials or by means. Do not leave a spillage unattended. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.17

221 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP RISK ANALYSIS AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS ALOHA is an air dispersion model, which you can use as a tool for predicting the movement and dispersion of gases. It predicts pollutant concentrations downwind from the sources of a spill, taking into consideration the physical characteristics of the spilled material. ALOHA also accounts for some of the physical characteristics of the release site, weather conditions, and the circumstances of the release. Like many computer programs, it can solve problems rapidly and provide results in a graphic, easy to use format. This can be helpful during an emergency response or planning for such a response. ALOHA provide output as amount of chemical discharged from the source as well as its concentration in air it takes into account different levels of concentrations for a specified chemical. Software used for calculation- ALOHA (Areal locations of Hazardous atmospheres) Aloha is a computer program designed especially for use by people responding to chemical accidents, as well as for emergency planning and training. ALOHA can predict the rates at which chemical vapors may escape into the atmosphere from broken gas pipes, leaking tanks and evaporating puddles. It can then predict how a hazardous gas cloud might disperse in the atmosphere after an accidental chemical release. ALOHA provides output as amount of chemical discharged from the source as well as its concentration in air it takes in to account different levels of concentrations for a specified chemical. Different concentration levels are given below: ERPG 1: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odor. ERPG 2: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms which could impair an individual's ability to take protective action. ERPG 3: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects. IDLH: The Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) level. A chemical's IDLH is an estimate of the maximum concentration in the air to which a healthy worker could be exposed without suffering permanent or escape-impairing health effects. The consequence analysis has been done for selected scenarios. This has been done for weather conditions having wind speed 2.25 m/s. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.18

222 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. Input data for aloha are as below: (1) Phenol: SITE DATA: Location: PRANTIJ,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 0.43 (unsheltered single storied) Time: February 18, hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: PHENOL Molecular Weight: g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 15 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 23 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): N/A IDLH: 250 ppm LEL: ppm UEL: ppm Ambient Boiling Point: C Freezing Point: 40.5 C ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA) Wind: 1.60 meters/second from NNE at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 5 tenths Air Temperature: 28 C Stability Class: F No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 50% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: liters/hr Source Height: 0 Source State: Liquid Source Temperature: 42 C Release Duration: 60 minutes Release Rate: 721 kilograms/min Total Amount Released: 43,284 kilograms THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Gaussian Red : no recommended LOC value --- (N/A = AEGL-3 (60 min)) Orange: greater than 10 km --- (23 ppm = AEGL-2 (60 min)) Yellow: greater than 10 km --- (15 ppm = AEGL-1 (60 min)) M/s. T. R. Associates 7.19

223 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.20

224 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. (2) Methanol: SITE DATA: Location: PRANTIJ,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 0.42 (unsheltered single storied) Time: February 18, hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: METHANOL Molecular Weight: g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 530 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 2100 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 7200 ppm IDLH: 6000 ppm LEL: ppm UEL: ppm Ambient Boiling Point: 64.0 C Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 0.18 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 186,950 ppm or 18.7% ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA) Wind: 1.60 meters/second from NNE at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 5 tenths Air Temperature: 27 C Stability Class: F No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 50% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: liters/hr Source Height: 0 Source State: Liquid Source Temperature: equal to ambient Release Duration: 60 minutes Release Rate: 459 kilograms/min Total Amount Released: 27,569 kilograms THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Heavy Gas Red : 234 meters --- (7200 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min]) Orange: 499 meters --- (2100 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min]) Yellow: 1.2 kilometers --- (530 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min]) M/s. T. R. Associates 7.21

225 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. (3) Formaldehyde: SITE DATA: Location: PRANTIJ,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 0.42 (unsheltered single storied) Time: February 18, hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: FORMALDEHYDE Molecular Weight: g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 0.9 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 14 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 56 ppm IDLH: 20 ppm LEL: ppm UEL: ppm Ambient Boiling Point: C Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 2.58e-006 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 2.62 ppm or 2.62e-004% Note: Not enough chemical data to use Heavy Gas option ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA) Wind: 1.60 meters/second from NNE at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 5 tenths Air Temperature: 27 C Stability Class: F No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 50% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: liters/hr Source Height: 0 M/s. T. R. Associates 7.22

226 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. Source State: Liquid Source Temperature: equal to ambient Release Duration: 60 minutes Release Rate: 6,710 kilograms/min Total Amount Released: 402,759 kilograms THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Gaussian Red : greater than 10 km --- (56 ppm = AEGL-3 (60 min)) Orange: greater than 10 km --- (14 ppm = AEGL-2 (60 min)) M/s. T. R. Associates 7.23

227 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP RISK REDUCTION MEASUREMENT& RECOMMENDATION IN VIEW OF SAFETY CONSIDERATION Storage tank of Formaldehyde, Ammonia and methanol should be installed away from the plant area. Wind indicator should be provided at the highest level of the plant to know the wind direction. Automatic sprinkler system for the flammable material tanks (over ground tanks only) may be provided as knock on effect in case of fire is possible. Containment dykes with proper sloping and collection sumps should be provided so that any spillages in the bulk storage and other handling areas shall not stagnate and shall be quickly lead away to a safe distance from the source of leakage. This reduces the risk of any major fire on the bulk storages and the risk to the environment shall be minimized/ eliminated. Inspection of the storage tanks as per prefixed inspection schedule for thickness measurement, joint and weld efficiency etc. Provision of flameproof electrical fittings / equipment s. Proper maintenance of earth pits. Strict compliance of security procedures like issue of identity badges for outsiders, gate passes system for vehicles, checking of spark arrestors fitted to the tank lorries etc. Strict enforcement of no smoking. Periodic training and refresher courses to train the staff in safety fire fighting. Employee training and education will be carried out. Structural fireproofing in the process area could be considered as a safety measure in the light of probable spill and fires in the area. Emergency drills should be carried out periodically to ensure preparedness must continue. Wind indicator should be provided at the highest level of the plant to know the wind direction. Many operations involve use of highly toxic/flammable materials and these needs to be documented as SOPs. These must be made and kept updated on priority. Extensive training on use of Self Contained Breathing apparatus (SCBAs) must be ensured for emergency control. Many of the raw materials used for resin are either toxic or flammable. It is therefore important to ensure that these materials are stored in closed, well ventilated totally safe areas. A fire alarm system (heat and smoke detection) should be provided for the storage area where the material is stored as toxic fumes arise on combustion. Loose drums of waste materials, often solvent laden, must be removed from the working areas and close watch kept. Proper Earthing needs to be provided through plug type systems or through the agitators/liquid. Ventilation should be provided for any enclosed are where hydrocarbon or toxic vapors may accumulate. Several such areas were noticed- these may be surveyed and tackled accordingly. All personnel should be trained in handling emergency situations and should be apprised of their role in handling emergency situation and to ensure adequacy of the emergency procedures simulated exercise should be carried out. This was found wanting. Flame arrestor should be provided. Adequate number of caution boards highlighting the hazards of chemicals should be provided at critical locations. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.24

228 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. The health & physical hazards caused due to toxic, irritant, corrosive, flammable materials. All chemicals are within Threshold Limit Value as per ACGIH. Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure etc. will be carried out regularly and its record will be maintained. Good housekeeping, use of PPE, Engineering controls, Enclosure processes, scrubber system, display of safety boards, SOP of loading / unloading, local exhaust ventilation, safety shower etc. are important safety measures have taken to keep these chemicals within TLV. Appropriate personal protective equipment will be provided & ensure the usage of them. Workers will be trained on safe material handling of hazardous chemicals. Prepare & display the safe operating procedure for hazardous chemicals storage, handling & transporting or using. Local Exhaust ventilation and scrubber should be installed where it is required to reduce fumes, vapors, temperature and heat stress. Reduce the level of physical activity by sharing workload with other or by using mechanical means. Pre-employment medical checkup and periodically medical examination will be done. Following FIRE safety devices WILL BE PROVIDED to protect from any malfunctioning of plant equipments. Following fire protection systems will be provided. Water storage of adequate capacity to meet the requirements of water for firefighting purposes. Fire hydrants and automatic sprinkler system. Diesel driven pumps and headers to supply water to fire hydrant network. Adequate Portable fire extinguishers, sand bucket, wheeled fire & safety equipment should be provided at the required places. Equipment required for personal safety like blankets, gloves, apron, gum boots, face mask helmets, safety belts, first aid boxes etc. are provided. Proximity suits and self-contained breathing apparatus to be provided. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.25

229 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN INTRODUCTION: An emergency in the premises has the potential to cause serious injury or loss of lives or extensive damage to the property and/or environment and serious disruption both inside and outside the plant. In such cases sometimes outside agencies are required to call for help in handling the situation. The causative factors like plant/equipment failure, human error, earth quake, sabotage etc. will normally manifest in various forms viz. Fire, Explosion, Toxic release, structure collapse etc. This OEP lays down the code of conduct of all personnel in the Plants and the procedures to be adopted by them in the event of an "Emergency". These procedures have been prepared taking into account the minimum strength of manpower available at all times in the premises. The individuals under the direction of the respective Team Leaders shall carry out the responsibilities assigned. The emergency procedures outlined are suitable for round the clock coverage including holidays. These emergency procedures shall be followed as outlined in the OEP during general shifts as well. OBJECTIVES: The overall objectives of OEP are: To control the situation and if possible eliminate as quickly as possible. To avoid confusion/panic and to attend the emergency with clear-cut line of action. To minimize the loss of property to the plant as well as to our neighborhood. To safe guard the non-affected areas. To alert the neighborhood. To arrange head-count and rescue operations. Treatment of the injured. To safeguard others by timely evacuation. To prevent any cascade of emergencies. DEFINITION: Environment as defined u/s 2(a) of the environment Protection Act includes water, air and land and the inter relationship which exists among and between water, air and land and human beings, other living creatures, plants, micro organism and property. Environment pollutant defined by the same Act as any solid, liquid or gaseous substances present in such concentration as may be tend to injurious to atmosphere. Hazardous substance is also defined by the same Act and hazardous process is defined by sec.2 (cb) of the Factories Act M/s. T. R. Associates 7.26

230 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. Hazard is a physical situation, which may cause human injury, damage to property or the environment or any combination of these criteria. Chemical Hazard is a hazard due to chemical (including its storage, process, handling etc.) and it is realized by fire, explosion, toxicity, corrosivity, radiation etc. Risk is a likelihood of an undesired event (i.e. accident, injury or death) occurring within a specified period or under specified circumstances. Individual risk is the frequency at which any individual may be expected to sustain a given level of harm from the realization of specific hazards. Social risk is a measure of chances of a number of people being effected by a single event or set of events and is often presented as f/n curves (i.e. frequency v/s number of people effected) The on-site emergency plan will deal with measures to prevent and control emergencies affecting public and the environment outside the premises. The manufacturer should provide the necessary information on the nature, extent and likely effects of such incidents. Disaster is a catastrophic situation in which the day-to-day patterns of life are, in many instances, suddenly disrupted and people are plunged into helplessness and suffering and as a result need protection, clothing, shelter, medical and social care and other necessities of life, such as: - i. Disasters resulting from natural phenomenon like earthquake, volcanic eruptions, storm, surges, cyclones, tropical storms, floods, landslides, forest fires and massive insect infestation. Also in this group, violent draught which will cause a creeping disaster leading to famine, disease and death must be included. ii. Second group includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or by man s impact upon the environment, such as armed conflict, industrial accidents, factory fires, explosion and escape of toxic gases or chemical substances, river pollution, mining and other structural collapses; air, sea, rail and road transport accidents, aircraft crashes, collision of vehicles carrying inflammable liquids, oil, spills at sea, and dam failures. ACCIDENT: An accident is an unplanned event, which has a probability of causing personal injury or property damage or both. It may result in physical harm (injury or disease) to person (s), damage to property, loss to the company, a near miss or any combination of the effect. A Major accident is a sudden, unexpected, unplanned event, resulting from uncontrolled developments during and industrial activity, which causes or has a potential to cause i. Serious adverse effects immediate or delayed (death, injuries, poisoning or hospitalization) to a number of people inside the installations and/ or to persons outside the establishment. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.27

231 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. ii. iii. iv. Significant damage may be caused to crops, plants or animals or significant contamination of land waters or air. An emergency intervention outside the establishment (evacuation of local population, stopping of local traffic). Any combination of above. EMERGENCY: An emergency is the situation, which has potential to cause a large-scale damage or destruction to life or property or Environment or combination of these within or outside the factory. Therefore it is essential to have a laid down procedure to meet emergency systematically. In any industry, emergency can arise at any moment and this depends on the type of: Structure Raw materials Machines Nearby Industries Location of the Industry etc. NATURE OF EMERGENCY: The "Emergency" specified in this plan will refer to occurrence of one or more of the following natural/manmade events. Fire Explosion Release of Toxic Gas/Vapour Spillage of flammable liquid /gas Deliberate Sabotage, Terrorism, Air Raid etc. Natural Calamities: - Lightening, Storm, Earthquake, Flood etc. Collapsing of structure Overturning of tanker containing flammable / toxic substances. MEDICAL HELP: First Aid Boxes have been provided at various strategic locations. Requisite number employees are trained about First Aid, Liaison with nearest hospitals. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: Alarm Raising for Emergency by blowing the sirens installed The siren will be used for raising the emergency alarm and also for all clear signals. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.28

232 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. Emergency Siren: The wailing alarm will be sounded intermittently at fixed interval of 30 seconds for a period of two minutes in case of emergency, such alarm will signify the employees that an emergency has occurred and that the emergency services should be put into operation. Incident Controller after assessing the situation will declare that emergency is over. Till the Incident Controller issues the declaration, all the leaders will adhere to the task and be present at the prescribed location. All clear signal will be sounded through continuous siren for 1 minute. Even after the emergency is over a skeleton staff of the Rescue/Evacuation Team will be available at the site of emergency for at least 30 minutes to ensure that the situation is absolutely free from danger. After the emergency is over, all the team leaders should meet at the Emergency Control Center and each team leader should submit a report to the Incident Controller about team performance and other details observed. In addition to the above systems, Internal telephones, P.A.System, Mobile telephones, Computer System etc. will be used for communication. If situation is beyond the control, the external agencies will be informed accordingly and asked for the help. Direct telephone, cell phone or messengers / runners may achieve this. ASSEMBLY POINT: In case of emergency some locations are considered as Assembly Points. Depending on the wind direction and location of emergency, Assembly Point will be declared. The employees should run across the wind direction and not against the wind direction. Depending upon the location of the emergency the Incident Controller will fix the Assembly Point and Officer will announce the location of the Assembly Point. Employee s attendance, visitors and contractors workmen register will be made available at the Assembly Point for head count. Emergency control center: Factory Manager Office will be declared as an Emergency control center. Emergency control center is facilities with: 1. Address and Telephone numbers of the Factory Inspectorate, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Police, Fire Brigade, Hospitals and OEP Team Members 2. Plant layout-indicating storage of hazardous materials, layout of fire Hydrants/extinguishers, entrances/exits, roads etc. 3. Portable P.A. System, Manual Siren, flood lights, Torches, Pickaxe, Saw, Nylon Ropes. 4. Fire Blankets / Fire Proximity Suit, Breathing Apparatus, First Aid Box etc. 5. List of employees with address, telephone number, blood group etc. 6. Material Safety Data Sheets of all chemicals handled. WIND SOCKS: Wind direction will be determined with the help of installed windsocks. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.29

233 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. MOCK DRILL: Mock drills are carried out regularly to familiarize the staff with their roles, fire protection equipment/system installed in the plant and use of personnel protective equipment. Senior officials monitor this and shortcomings are thoroughly studied and necessary corrective measures are taken. PROCEDURES FOR MOCK DRILLS Inform all the employees about mock drills and the signal to be given. Fix the date and location of the emergency for mock drills. Mock drills will be monitored by observers. Raise the siren for emergency. After hearing the siren the Incident Controller, Site Controller, Officers and Team Members should actuate the On-site Emergency Plan. PROCEDURE ON NOTICING AN EMERGENCY If anybody notices any situation, which may lead to a disaster, should be immediately inform the Shift Incharge / site controller / Incident Controller / Fire & Safety Supervisor / Security. Take charge of the situation as Incident Controller. Rush to the site of emergency to get the correct picture and then to Emergency Control Center for speedy control over the situation by making an arrangement for raising the alarm. On arrival of Team members, he shall assign duties as required and activate the On-Site Emergency Plan. Ensure safety of the plant and the personnel in the plant. He will make an assessment of the emergency and decide on external assistance. Communicate and Coordinate among the Incidents Controller/ Site Controller/ Factory manager/ fire safety supervisor etc. and will be the final authority on all matters related with management of emergency such as: Fire fighting. Welfare and rescue operations. Arrange for Civil/Mechanical/Electrical work during emergency. Transport. INCIDENT CONTROLLER / SITE CONTROLLER: Rush immediately to the scene of the fire/emergency, select and set out appropriate fire/emergency equipment. He will take the below mentioned actions at the earliest opportunity, if the fire/emergency is not controlled. He will Call the security personnel from their residences for additional manpower if required. Regulate entry and exit of personal required for controlling the fire/emergency. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.30

234 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. Restrict exit of personal required for controlling the fire/emergency. Arrange for Personnel Protective Equipment required for the emergency. Call, the local Fire Brigade, Police in case of necessity in consultation with the Incident controller. Arrange transport facilities for removal of causalities to dispensary / hospital. Take responsibility of law and order. Keep detailed records of the incident and progress of operations to fight the emergency. FACTORY MANAGER: He will rush to the Emergency Control Centre and collect the information from the Incident Controller. Further he will, Announce the location of the Assembly Point after getting information from Incident Controller / site controller. Take the list of persons to be communicated internally and externally. Maintain liaison with the press, government agencies i.e. Police, Fire Brigade etc. and the neighborhood regarding the emergency under instructions from Incident Controller. Courteously Receive officers from the State Government or neighbors to the Administration Block only and inform to Incident Controller that they can be taken care off. Take all the steps required for the welfare such as providing tea, snacks, emergency temporary Medical Center in consultation with the incident controller/site controller. Disclose all the necessary information in the plant and media so as to avoid rumors and Confusion. Also be responsible for the head counts at the Assembly Points. FIRE & SAFETY SUPERVISOR/ SHIFT INCHARGE & SECURITY: Proceed to the scene; establish contact with firemen and incident controller to supplement efforts in fire fighting. Assist in searching casualties and help to remove them to the medical center. Organize outside assistance in fire fighting and rescue operations if required. Mobilize personal protective equipment and safety appliances and assist personnel handling emergency in using them. Keep and check on any new development of unsafe situation and report the same to Site Main Controller. Collect and preserve evidence to facilitate future inquiries. Effectively cordon off the emergency area and will prevent unauthorized people entering the scene. Permit the Fire tenders or Ambulance requisitioned by Incident Controller to the plant. Ensure that vehicles and trolleys are sent out of the plant premises. Ensure that all the employees are conducted out of plant and assembled at Assembly Point. Control Traffic Movement. Remove tankers, tanker drivers outside. Entry of unauthorized public to be prevented. Arrange for vehicles for shifting casualties and essential workers to safe assembly points. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.31

235 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. ENGINEERING/ OPERATION & MAINTENANCE: Ensure the safety of the remaining part of the plant. Take necessary steps for plant shutdown in consultation with the site controller. Ensure that an Operator is immediately available at the Water Pump House for fire fighting. Mobilize with necessary tools and tackles to handle any repair work on an emergency basis LOCATING THE PLANT IN OPEN AREA INSTEAD OF COVERED TO BE REVIEWED IN VIEW OF SAFETY CONSIDERATION Storage tank of phenol, Formaldehyde and methanol should be installed away from the plant area. Wind indicator should be provided at the highest level of the plant to know the wind direction. Automatic sprinkler system for the flammable material tanks (over ground tanks only) may be provided as knock on effect in case of fire is possible. Containment dykes with proper sloping and collection sumps should be provided so that any spillages in the bulk storage and other handling areas shall not stagnate and shall be quickly lead away to a safe distance from the source of leakage. This reduces the risk of any major fire on the bulk storages and the risk to the environment shall be minimized/ eliminated. Inspection of the storage tanks as per prefixed inspection schedule for thickness measurement, joint and weld efficiency etc. Provision of flameproof electrical fittings / equipment s. Comprehensive colour code scheme to identify different medium pipes. Proper maintenance of earth pits. Strict compliance of security procedures like issue of identity badges for outsiders, gate passes system for vehicles, checking of spark arrestors fitted to the tank lorries etc. Strict enforcement of no smoking. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.32

236 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET MSDS of Formaldehyde M/s. T. R. Associates 7.33

237 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.34

238 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.35

239 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.36

240 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.37

241 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.38

242 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.39

243 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP MSDS of Methanol: M/s. T. R. Associates 7.40

244 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.41

245 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.42

246 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.43

247 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.44

248 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP MSDS of Urea M/s. T. R. Associates 7.45

249 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.46

250 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.47

251 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.48

252 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Plant for Resin Manufacturing of Levin Décor LLP. M/s. T. R. Associates 7.49

253 CHAPTER - 8 COST ANALYSIS 8.1 CAPITAL COST The estimated Capital cost for the proposed Resin Plant which is located at Survey No: 416/1 Paiki -3, Poglu-Piludra Crossing, NH. No.8 At Poglu, Ta: Prantij, Dist: Sabarkantha Gujarat with capacity of 550 MT/Month of Resin and is about Rs. 1.0 Crore. Total capital cost of control equipment constitutes: Cost of auxiliary equipment like fan and motor, etc., Cost of instruments and control, and Cost of installation. Total purchase cost of control equipment to the purchaser is the sum of equipment, auxiliary equipment, instrumentation and control, packing and forwarding, taxes and duties, freight, etc. Once the cost of main equipment and auxiliary equipment are known other costs are estimated as the percentage of the sum of the cost of the above two e.g. cost of control may be assumed as 10%, packing forwarding as 2% etc. Taxes and duties, however, will be according to the statutory rules. Total investment for control equipment is arrived at by considering direct and indirect costs as percentage of capital cost. No. Particular Amount Rs. In Lacs 1 Cost of Construction Cost of Machinery Cost of Installation and Others Preliminaries Cost of Transport Vehicle Working Capital 38.0 TOTAL M/s. T. R. Associates 8.1

254 8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL COST Detailed Environmental cost is given in the following table. Pollution control equipment Cost in Lakhs Bag filter 15.0 Water Pollution (ETP) 5.0 Noise pollution 0.05 Hazardous / solid waste management 1.0 Green belt 0.5 Occupational Health & Safety 2.0 Miscellaneous 1.0 Total M/s. T. R. Associates 8.2

255 CHAPTER - 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 9.1 INTRODUCTION An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been formulated for the mitigation of adverse impacts. It is based on the present environmental conditions and the environmental impact appraisal. This plan helps in formulating, implementing, & monitoring the environmental parameters during and after commissioning of the project. The EMP describes in brief, the management s plan for proper and adequate implementation of treatment and control system for pollutants and for maintaining the environment. It also includes development of green belt around the plant, proper safety of the workers, noise control, fire protection systems and measures. The EMP - its set-up, role and responsibilities - is given subsequently. 9.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN The main objectives in formulating this environmental management plan are: To treat all the pollutants viz. liquid & gaseous those contribute to the degradation of the environment with appropriate technology. To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central / State Pollution Control Boards related to air emission and liquid effluent discharge as per air & water pollution control laws. To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling Rules) 1989 and subsequent amendments. To encourage support and conduct developmental work for the purpose of achieving environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management. To create good working conditions (avoidance of air and noise pollution) for employees. To reduce fire & accident hazards. Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environmental management expenditure. Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and better environment. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.1

256 9.3 FORMATION OF AN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The environmental management system to be formed by the industry will enable it to maximize its beneficial effects and minimize its adverse effects - with emphasis on prevention. It will: Identify and evaluate the environmental effects arising from the industry's proposed activities, products and services to determine those of significance; Identify and evaluate the environmental effects arising from incidents, accidents and potential emergency situations; Identify the relevant legislative and regulatory requirements; Enable priorities to be identified and pertinent environmental objectives and targets to be set; Facilitate planning, control, monitoring, auditing and review activities to ensure that the policy is complied with; and Allow periodic evaluation to suit changing circumstances so that it remains relevant. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.2

257 9.4 IMPLEMENTATION OF AN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 9.4.1Commitment It is essential that the top management of the industry is committed to development of its activities in an environmentally sound manner and supports all efforts in achieving this objective. Experience has shown that all attempts to change the processes and production methods, which reduce/prevent wastes and inefficient use of resources, ultimately result not only in environmentally sound practices but also better business returns Preparatory Environmental Review An industry with no formal environmental management system will first establish its current position with regards to environment through a preparatory environmental review. This will cover four areas: Legislative and regulatory requirements; Evaluation and registration of significant parameters and their environmental impacts; Review of environmental management practices and procedures; and Assessment of feedback from investigation of previous environmental incidents and noncompliance with legislation, regulations or policies and procedures. The resulting report will address: The nature and extent of problems and deficiencies; The priorities to be accorded to rectify them; and An improvement program designed to ensure that the personnel and material resources required are identified and made available. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.3

258 9.4.3 Environmental Policy The industry's management will actively initiate, develop and support the environmental policy, which is relevant to its activities, products and services and their environmental effects. Broadly this covers the following: Be consistent with the occupational health and safety policy and other industrial policies (such as quality policy); Indicate which of the industrial activities are covered by the environmental management system; Be communicated and implemented at all levels of the industry; and Be available publicly. The corporate policy for Environmental Management is to create sound and eco-friendly environment for sustainable development at all production projects, plan new projects with environment -friendly considerations, plan regulative, ameliorative and mitigative measures to protect environment and fully merge into the overall corporate policy for achieving the targeted business goals of the Corporation. Objectives: The environmental policy is framed specifically to fulfill the following objectives: Create a work environment which enhances/motivates production and productivity. Create a residing environment for the enjoyment and peace of employee. Encourage safe and scientific operations and other well-established engineering practices. Promoting awareness amongst the employees and the neighborhood population for adopting environmentally friendly acceptable procedures and restricting environmental degradation and pollution to the barest minimum Establishing "Eco-label" for its finished products so as to promote domestic and international markets. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.4

259 To achieve communal harmony and peace amongst the employees and the local villagers for heading fast towards "sustainable development". In environmental and ecological planning, information about the context of the issue and about the inter-relationship between natures is infused into the plan making process. Sustaining human fulfillment and the resources that need to be sustained viz.' clean air and water, individual and community welfare and well being, equity, maintaining ecological process and bio-diversity. Meaningful use of and within the leasehold areas and in the immediate neighborhood Organization and Personnel To facilitate the implementation of the EMS, one of the most important aspects relate to the organization and personnel. The related issues are: Define and document the responsibility, authority and inter-relations of key personnel involved in the implementation of the environmental policy, objectives and environmental management system; Identify the in-house verification requirements and procedures including resources and personnel; Appoint a Management Representative (MR); Communicate to employees at all levels the importance of compliance with the environmental policy, their role and responsibilities in achieving compliance, the potential consequences of departures from the specified procedures and identify and provide appropriate training; and Establish and maintain procedures to ensure that contractors are made aware of the environmental management system requirements and provisions Environmental Management Cell A separate Environmental Management Cell as shown in Fig. 9.0 will be set up to undertake the monitoring of the environmental pollution level by measuring stack emissions, ambient air quality, M/s. T. R. Associates 9.5

260 wastewater quality, noise level etc. and development of greenbelt as per Environmental Management Plan. Environmental Management Cell will meet at least once a month to access the progress and analyze the data collected for the month. Any deviation / variation noticed shall be immediately taken into consideration for improvement of the same. Yearly action plan of EMP will be updated with respect to results achieved and proposed activities for next year. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.6

261 Figure: 9.0 Environmental Management Cell Director General Manager (Production & Operation) Shift In-charge Environment & Safety Officer ETP In-charge Environmental Effects The industry will establish and maintain procedures for: Receiving, documenting and responding to internal as well as external communications concerning environmental aspects and management; Identifying, examining and evaluating the environmental effects of its activities under normal and abnormal/emergency situations (including risk assessment) and compiling significant effects in a register; and Recording all legislative, regulatory and other policy requirements and codes in a register. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.7

262 9.4.7 Environmental Objectives and Targets The objectives will be set with a view to realizing gradual and steady improvements in environmental performance through application of best available and economically viable technology. The areas targeted for improvement will be those where improvements are most necessary to reduce risks (to environment and industry) and liabilities. These will be identified through costbenefit analysis wherever practicable Environmental Management Program The establishment of an environmental management program is the key to compliance with the industry's environmental policy and achievement of the environmental objectives and targets. It will designate the responsibility for achieving the targets at each level and the means thereof. It will deal with the actions required for the consequences of the industries past activities as well as address the life cycle of development of new products so as to effectively control adverse impacts Environmental Management Manual and Documentation The documentation is intended to provide an adequate description of the environmental management system. The manual is expected to provide a reference to the implementation and maintenance of the system Operational Control The management responsibilities will be defined to ensure that the control, verification, measurement and testing of environmental parameters within the industry are adequately cocoordinated and effectively performed. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.8

263 The control, verification, measurement and testing will be made through documented procedures and work instructions defining the manner of conducting activities, the absence of which can lead to violation of the environment policy. In the event of non-compliance, procedures for investigation of the causative mechanism will be established and the factors reported for corrective actions Environmental Management Records The industry will establish and maintain a system of records to demonstrate compliance with the environmental management systems and the extent of achievement of the environmental objectives and targets. In addition, the other records (legislative, audit and review reports) and management records will address the following: Details of failure in compliance and corrective action; Details of incidents and corrective action; Details of complaints and follow-up action; Appropriate contractor and supplier information; Inspection and maintenance reports; Product identification and composition data; Monitoring data; Environmental training records; and House keeping Environmental Management Audits The management audits are to determine whether the activities are conforming to the environmental management systems and effective in implementing the environmental policy. They may be internal or external, but carried out impartially and effectively by a person properly trained for it. Broad knowledge of the environmental process and expertise in relevant disciplines is also required. Appropriate audit programs and protocols will be established. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.9

264 Environmental Statement As a mandatory requirement under the Environment Protection Rules (1986) as amended through the Notification issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests in April 1993, an Environmental Statement will be prepared annually. This will include the consumption of total resources (raw material and water per ton of product), quantity and concentration of pollutants (air and water) discharged, quantity of hazardous and solid waste generation, pollution abatement measures, conservation of natural resources and cost of production vis-à-vis the investment on pollution abatement. The intention of this statement is: To identify the process/production areas where resources can be used more efficiently through a comparison with the figures of a similar industry (thereby reducing the consumption per unit of product); To determine the areas where waste generation can be minimized at source and through end of pipe treatment (thereby reducing the wastes generated and discharged per unit of product); and To initiate a self-correcting/improvement system through an internal analysis to achieve cost reduction through choice of superior technology and more efficient practices Environmental Management Reviews The senior management will periodically review the Environmental Management System (EMS) to ensure its suitability and effectiveness. The need for possible changes in the environmental policy and objectives for continuous improvement will be ascertained and revisions made accordingly. EMS based on the above objectives will be formulated and implemented at the industry level. Every department will be headed by Sr. Manager / Manager level officer belonging to disciplines like Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation, Chemical, Metallurgical, Information technology etc. The Environment Department will be headed by Manager (Environment) and adequate staff will be provided for establishing environmental controls within the plant. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.10

265 9.5 Concept of Waste-Minimization, Recycle/Reuse/Recover Techniques, Energy Conservation, and Natural Resource Conservation Waste-minimization Process optimization can be done by using latest technology equipment. Fly ash will be sold to nearby brick manufacturers. Recycle/reuse/recover Zero discharge technology will be adopted. Dust collected from air pollution control equipment and ash will be sold to nearby brick manufacturing process. The main source of hazardous waste generation is the ETP sludge from the effluent treatment plant, which will be sent to TSDF. The ancillary source of hazardous waste generation will be used oil which will be reused or sold to MoEF approved scrap vendors, discarded bags from the raw material handling & storage which will be decontaminated and reused or sold to GPCB approved scrap vendors. Energy Conservation Measures Latest Technology will be adopted Natural Resource Conservation To conserve ground water rain water harvesting will be carried out to store rain for future use and also to recharge ground water. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.11

266 9.5 Institutionalizing Corporate Environmental Responsibility Introduction and Scope Environment and natural resources are the prime source of all material inputs to economic activities. The environment also acts as a receiver and sink of the various kinds of waste generated through human activity. A proper balance between the developmental needs and environmental concerns is necessary in order to pursue the path of sustainable development. Sustainable Development involves an enduring and balanced approach to economic growth, social protection and justice, and environmental conservation Corporate Environmental Policy Implementation M/s Levin Décor LLP shall specify an organizational structure to oversee the effective implementation of Corporate Environmental Policy. This structure shall define key responsibilities within the various levels of an organization for policy implementation and shall include top to bottom and bottom to top involvement throughout the Organization. A suggested model structure is provided below in Figure-9.1. FIGURE 9.1 Model structure showing information flow Director Factory Manager Safety officer Skilled Un-skilled person The management shall ensure the availability of resources essential to implement the corporate environmental policy across all its activities/projects. Resources shall include human resources, organizational infrastructure, technology and financial resources. Roles and responsibilities shall be defined, documented and communicated to facilitate the effective implementation of the environment policy. As part of the existing management structure, compliance management will also oversee the M/s. T. R. Associates 9.12

267 environmental performance status inclusive of the conditions prescribed under various environmental consents and clearances, as well as the corporate norms, standards and targets that exceed the legal compliance requirements. Documentation The organization shall clearly specify and document the following: a. Resource allocation for effective implementation of environmental policy. b. Defined responsibilities and roles. c. Expected major measureable and perceivable results/deliverables, including corporate targets. All achieved milestones should be well supported by documentary evidence in the form of photographs, monitoring records, and/or reports, wherever applicable Transparency in the implementation of Environmental Policy Monitoring is crucial and needs to be conducted periodically. Monitoring helps those involved with implementation of Environmental Policy to assess if progress is being achieved in line with expectations. It serves to drive accountability and transparency, and provides for learning to implement in future initiatives. Systematic and structured reporting process will facilitate accountability and transparency between the organizations and their internal and external stakeholders. M/s Levin Décor LLP shall implement a monitoring mechanism by its defined organizational structure with clear roles and responsibilities for its project/activity comprising of the following steps: a. Creating a legal register specifying all the regulatory compliance conditions along with the compliance conditions, clearance conditions that have been found by the Ministry or other public authorities. Conducting a baseline assessment in order to be able to monitor progress. b. Monitoring, collecting and documenting data on the environmental performance. c. Preparing Annual Environmental Performance report and including it in its Annual Report. M/s Levin Décor LLP may communicate information on their environmental performance in a structured manner to all their stakeholders and the public at large. The management shall ensure that appropriate and necessary information that describes the organizations environmental performance is communicated throughout the company. This will allow the internal stakeholders to fulfill their responsibilities to help the organization reach the planned environmental performance. M/s. T. R. Associates 9.13

268 CHAPTER - 10 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - ENGLISH 1 Introduction Levin décor LLP intends to manufacture Laminated Sheets (2,00,000 Nos./Month) along with resins (Phenol Formaldehyde, Melamine Formaldehyde and Phenol Urea Formaldehyde) at Survey No: 416/1 Paiki -3, Poglu-Piludra Crossing, NH. No.8 At Poglu, Ta: Prantij, Dist: Sabarkantha, Gujarat for their own consumption and sale purpose. The total plot area is 12,192 Sq. Mt. of which 4,519 Sq. Mt. (37.06 % of total plot area) is for greenbelt area development. The estimated cost of the proposed project is 1.0 Crore. Total budget allocation towards Environmental Management Facilities will be Rs Lacs. Total 125 persons will be employed including skilled labours, unskilled labours, office staff and management staff. M/s. T. R. Associates has carried out EIA/EMP studies for Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India. Production details are given below: No. Product Total Quantity 1. Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (P. F. Resin) 300 MT/Month 2. Melamine Formaldehyde Resin (M. F. Resin) 150 MT/Month 3. Phenol Urea Formaldehyde Resin (P.U. F. Resin) 100 MT/Month 4. Laminated Sheets 2, 00, 000 Nos./Month Note: Resins are used for manufacturing of Laminated Sheets as well as sale purpose. The proposed product Laminated Sheets does not attract environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi but the intermediate product Phenol M/s. T. R. Associates 10.1

269 Formaldehyde Resin and Melamine Formaldehyde Resin falls under clause No.5 (f) of category A as stated in Environment Impact Assessment Notification published on 14th September 2006 and hence the project proponent has to obtain the Environmental Clearance from New Delhi. As a part of this procedure, Public Hearing is required to be carried out as per the notification as well as the TOR granted to the unit by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2). This study of Rapid Environment Impact assessment (EIA) is based on studies carried out during the month December 2014 to February The environmental parameters (ambient air, water, soil, noise, flora and fauna) selected for study are those, which are likely to be most affected by the project. The study area is defined as an area within 5.0 Km. radius from center of the site. Socio-economic environment study is only carried out for 10 Km. radius from center of the site. Salient Features with in 10 km radius surroundings area as follows: Sr. No Important Features Description 1 Location 416/1 Paiki-3, Poglu- Piludra Crossing, NH. No.8, At Poglu, Ta. : Prantij, Dist. : Sabarkantha, Gujarat Topomap (10 km radius) for reference F43A14, F43A15 3 Longitude E 4 Latitude N 5 Mean Sea Level m 6. Nearest power station Uttar Gujarat Vij Corporation Ltd. 7 Proponent Name Bharatbhai D. Patel Designated Partner 8 Corporate office address 416/1 Paiki-3, Poglu- Piludra Crossing, NH. No.8, At Poglu, Ta. : Prantij, Dist. : Sabarkantha, Gujarat M/s. T. R. Associates 10.2

270 9 Temperature range Maximum C in Summer and minimum 6.90 C in Winter. 10 Annual Rain fall 829 mm 11 Neatest Road NH-8 (0.54 Km) 12 Nearest Railway station Salal railway station 3.10 KM 13 Nearest Bus station Poglu Bus stop 1.08 KM 14 Nearest city Himmatnagar Km 15 Nearest village Poglu Km 16 National HW NO NH: km 17 State HW No SH: km 18 Seismic Zone Zone-III (Less Active) 19 National parks /Wild life sanctuary None with in 10 km radius 2. AIR ENVIRONEMNT The base line Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) status within 5 KM study area has been assessed through a monitoring network of 7 AAQ sampling stations during December 2014 to February Map showing 5 Km radius area is shown here. Design of network for Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations were decided on meteorology & available infrastructure facilities. The base-line Ambient Air Quality of the study area was monitored for Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx). The result for the same is given as below: M/s. T. R. Associates 10.3

271 10 KM RADIUS AREA FROM PROJECT SITE Proposed Project site M/s. Levin Décor LLP. Name of the villages for baseline monitoring Code Base line monitoring Locations A1 Project site A2 Poglu * A3 Aminpur * A4 Prantij * A5 Piludra A6 Salal A7 Rasulpur M/s. T. R. Associates 10.4

272 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WITHIN 5 KM RADIUS AREA FOR DECEMBER 2014 TO FEBRUARY 2015 Pollutant PM 2.5 μg/m 3 PM 10 μg/m 3 SOx μg/m 3 LOCATION Particular Project Site Poglu Aminpur Prantij Piludra Salal Rasulpur Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean NOx μg/m 3 Min Max Mean * HC (NMHC) = B.D.L. (D.L. = 1ppb) VOC = Not Detected 3. WATER ENVIRONMENT Analysis of Ground Water & Surface Water samples revealed that the both ground water quality & surface water quality is satisfactory to serve for domestic purposes as per drinking water quality standards IS: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT The main source of gaseous emission is flue gas emission from stack attached to Steam Boiler (3 MT/Hr.), Thermic Fluid Heater (10 Lac kilo Cal / Hr.), D. G. Set (150 KVA) & process gas emission from dryer. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.5

273 Briqquetes / Coal will be used as a fuel & the requirement shall be 5.55 MT/Day. Proper stack height (30 M) will be provided for proper atmosphere dispersion. Bag Filter will be provided to Steam boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater as the air pollution control unit. The probable emitted pollutants will be SPM, SOx & NOx. However, it will be well within the prescribed norms. Since HSD will be used as a fuel for D. G. Set, which will be used in case of power failure, the flue gas emission will also be well within prescribed norms and there is no need of any air pollution control measures for D. G. Set. Scrubber will be provided for Methanol Recovery at process gas stack attached with dryer. 4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT Water requirement will be satisfied from bore-well. The total fresh water requirement will be 28.2 KL/Day that will be required for domestic, Cooling (make up), steam boiler, washing and scrubbing purpose and gardening purpose. Wastewater generation from the industrial activities will be 8.08 KL/D. This wastewater will be evaporated after primary treatment with chemical oxidation. Domestic effluent (12 KL/D) will be used in gardening after treating in STP. Water balance diagram and ETP flow diagram is shown below. Thus, there will not be any major impact on the water environment due to proposed project. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.6

274 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM Source of Water Supply: Bore well Total: 28.2 KL/D Domestic Use 5.1 KL/D 7.59 KL/D used in sanitary Fresh 0 KL/D Gardening KL/D Fresh Water 23.1 KL/D Industrial Use 28.7 KL/D 5.6 KL/D Recycle Drinking use KL/D Used in Sanitary Purpose KL/D STP 12 KL/D Reuse 12 KL/D Cooling 8 KL/D Blow Down 0.4 KL/D Washing 0.2 KL/D R.O. Reject 2.5 KL/D Boiler Blowdown 1.2 KL/D R. O. 7.5 KL/D Fresh 5 KL/D Steam Boiler 24 KL/D Condensate 19 KL/D Condensate 19 KL/D Process Nil 3.78 KL/D Scrubbing & Dilution Process 13 KL/D Scrubbed methanol sold to Authorized recycler ETP 8.08 KL/D Note: Industry will evaporate the effluent after primary treatment. Thus maintain zero discharge. EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT DIAGRAM Industrial effluent Collection & Neutralization Tank Holding Tank (Photo Fenton Reagent) Primary Settling Tank Evaporator ZERO DISCHARGE M/s. T. R. Associates 10.7

275 4.3 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT The entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled & disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Trans boundary Movement - Rules 2008 (amended time to time). The main hazardous waste generation will be ETP waste, Edge cutting waste, used oil & Discarded Plastic Bags. ETP waste will be disposed off at approved TSDF site, used oil will be reused within premises as a lubricant or sold to registered recycler, Edge cutting waste will be disposed to approved incineration facility and discarded plastic bags will be sold to authorized vendor. The unit will provide isolated area for the storage of hazardous waste. Thus, hazardous waste management system provided by the unit will be adequate and there will not be any major impact on the environment due to hazardous waste management. 4.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT The unit proposes to provide total green belt area up-to 4519 Sq. Mt. (37.06 %) area for development. Water consumption in green belt development will be 4.41 KL/D. 5. ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAME Monitoring of environmental factors will enable us to identify the changes in the environmental impacts at various locations. To ensure the effective implementation of the EMP, monitoring of ambient air quality, stack emissions, analysis & monitoring of water environment and noise level will be carried out as required / specified by statutory authority. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.8

276 6. QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS EIA Report for the Proposed Resin Manufacturing Plant of Levin Décor LLP. Risk analysis and study have been carried out for identification of hazards, selection of credible scenarios, Risk Mitigation measures etc. All the hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled as per MSDS guidelines. Personal protective equipments will be provided to the labors. 7. PROJECT BENEFITS: The proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in terms of infrastructural development, social development, employment and other benefits. The proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semiskilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as operation phase. A total of 125 nos. of person is likely to get employment due to the project. The project will spend 2.5 % of the total profit for socio-economic development & for nearby educational institutes. 8. CONCLUSION: Negligible impacts will occur on air quality. However, all the necessary air pollution control measures will be provided. No ecological damage will occur. No adverse impacts will occur on water environment. Local employment opportunities will increase. Various other environment parameters like Forest/ National Park/ Sanctuary and Religious / Historical Places will not be affected. Environment Management Plan has been formulated to control all the pollutant parameters and Environment Management Cell has been set-up to ensure that these parameters do not exceed the norms set out by the concerned authorities. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.9

277 After commissioning of the proposed project the Environmental Management Cell will take care of all the pollution control measures. It can be concluded that with the positive implementation of mitigation measures and environmental management plan during the construction & operational phase, there will be negligible impact on the environment. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.10

278 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Resin Project of M/s. Levin Décor LLP EXECUTIVE SUMMARY GUJARATI સ ત અહવ લ ૧. ત વન :- મ સસ લ વ ન ડક ર એલ એલ પ એ લ મ ન ટડ શ સ (૨,૦૦,૦૦૦ શ સ/ મ સ) સ થ રઝ ન (ફન લ ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન, મ લ મ ઈન ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન અન ફન લ રય ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન) ઉપ કરવ મ ટન દરખ ત કરલ છ. તથ એકમ સવ ન - ૪૧૬/૧, પ ક-૩, પ ગ - પ સ ગ, ન શનલ હ ઈવ - ૮, પ ગ, ત ક :- ત જ, જલ :- સ બરક ઠ, જર ત ર જય મ આવ લ છ.ચત ઉ ગ આ રઝ ન ઉપ દન લ મ ન ટડ શ સ બન વવ મ ટ અન બહ ર વ ચવ મ ટ કરશ. ત વત એકમન લ વત ર આશર ૧૨૧૯૨ ચ. મ ટર છ. મ થ ૪૫૧૯ (૩૭.૦૬%) ચ.મ. જમ ન ન બ ટ મ ટ ફ ળવવ મ આવશ. આ રઝ ન એકમન થ પત કરવ ન કમત પય ૧.૦ કર ડ થશ. મ થ પય વરણ ય યવથ પન પત મ ટ આશર ૨૪.૫૫ લ ખ ફ ળવવ મ આવશ. આશર ૧૨૫ મ ણસ ન ર જગ ર આપવ મ આવશ ક મ શળ ક રગર, બ ન શળ ક રગર અન ક ય લયન કમચ રઓ ન સમ વ શ થ ય છ. મ સસ ટ. આર. એસ સ એસ એ MoEF (Ministry Of Environment & Forest, Government Of India) પ સ થ પય વરણ ય મ ર લ વ મ ટ EIA અન EMP અય સ કરલ છ. ઉપ દન વગત ન ચ જબ છ. મ ક ડટ ન મ ૧ ફન લ ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન ૩૦૦ મ.ટન/ મ સ ૨ મ લ મ ઈન ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન ૧૫૦ મ.ટન/ મ સ ૩ ફન લ રય ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન ૧૦૦ મ.ટન/ મ સ મત ૪ લ મ ન ટડ શ સ ૨,૦૦,૦૦૦ શ સ/મ સ રઝ નન ઉપય ગ લ મ ન ટડ શ સ બન વવ મ ટ અન બહ ર વ ચવ મ ટ કર શ. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.12

279 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Resin Project of M/s. Levin Décor LLP અ નધન ય છ ક લ મ ન ટડ શ સ ઉપ દન મ ટ પય વરણ ય મ ર MoEF (Ministry Of Environment & Forest, Government Of India), નવ દહ પ સ થ લ વ જર નથ પર ફન લ ફ મ ડહ ઈડ, મ લ મ ઈન ફ મ ડહ ઈડ અન ફન લ રય ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન ઉપ દન એ EIA ન ટફકશન-૨૦૦૬ ન વભ ગ-૫(એફ)મ આવ છ અન લ મ ન ટડ શ સ ઉપ દન કરવ મ ટન ભ ગ છ. આથ પય વરણ ય મ ર ( ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE) મ ળવવ ન જરય ત રહલ છ. આ કય ન ભ ગ પ લ ક ન વણ એ હરન મ મ ણ તથ એપટ એ ઈઝલ કમ ટએ નટ આપ લ TOR મ ણ કરવ મ આવશ ઝડપ પય વરણ થકરણ અસર અય સ ( RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY) વષ ૨૦૧૪મ ડસ બર થ ફ આર -૨૦૧૫ દર મય ન કરવ મ આવ લ છ. પય વરણ ય ઘટક વ ક (આસપ સ ન હવ, પ ણ, જમ ન,વ ન, વનપ તઓ અન ણ ઓ) ત વત એકમથ અસર પ મ શક ત મ છ., ત ન અય સ કરવ મ આય છ. ત વત એકમ કમ લઈન ૫ કમ. ય ન વ ળ ક ર વત રન અય સત તરક ન કરવ મ અવ લ છ. ત વત એકમન કમ લઈન ૧૦ કમ ય ન વ ળ ક ર વત રમ સ મ ક-આ થક પય વરણન અય સ કરવ મ આવ લ છ. આસપ સન ૧૦ કમ ય ન વત રન ય લ ણકત ઓ ન ચ મ ણ છ. મ ક ય લ ણત ઓ વણન ૧ થ ન ૪૧૬/૧ પ ક-૩, પ ગ -પ સગ, ન શનલ હ ઈવ ન - ૮, પ ગ, ત. ત જ, લ :- સ બરક ઠ, જર ત. ૩૮૩૨૦૫ ૨ ટ પ મ પ (૧૦ કમ ય ) F43A14, F43A15 ૩ અ શ E ૪ રખ શ N ૫ સ તરન સરર શ ૧૨૧.૬ મ. ૬ પ ન ટ ન મ ભરતભ ઈ ડ. પટલ ૭ ક પરટ ઓફસ સરન ૪૧૬/૧ પ ક-૩, પ ગ -પ સગ, ન શનલ હ ઈવ ન - ૮, પ ગ, ત. ત જ, લ :- સ બરક ઠ, જર ત. ૩૮૩૨૦૫ M/s. T. R. Associates 10.13

280 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Resin Project of M/s. Levin Décor LLP ૮ વ ષક વરસ દ ૮૨૯ મ મ ૯ નક ન ર ડ ન શનલ હ ઈવ ૮ (૦.૫૪ કમ ) ૧૦ નક રવ ટશન સલ લ રવ ટશન (૩.૧૦ કમ ) ૧૧ નક શહર હમતનગર (૧૮.૩૬ કમ ) ૧૨ નક ગ મ પ ગ (૧.૨૪ કમ ) ૧૩ ર ય ઉપવન- જ ગલ ણ ઓ મ ટ ૧૦ કમ ય મ નથ અય રય ૧૪ ત પમ ન મહમ ૪૩.૫૦ લ તમ- ૬.૯૦ ૧૫ ક પ ઝ ન ઝ ન- 3 (ઓ સય) ૧૬ નક વજળ મથક ઉર જર ત વજ ક પન લમ ટડ ૧૭ ન શનલ હ ઈવ ન શનલ હ ઈવ ૮ (૦.૫૪ કમ ) ૧૮ ટટ હ ઈવ ટટ હ ઈવ ૧૩૮ (૩.૦૫ કમ ) ૧૯ નક બસ ટ પ પ ગ (બસ ટ પ ૧.૦૮ કમ ) ૨. હવ પય વરણ (Air Environment) :- વતમ ન આસપ સન ( Ambient) હવ ન ણવ ણવ મ ટ ત વત એકમ થળથ ૫ કમ ય ન વ ળ ક ર વત રમ ૭ અલગ અલગ થળ થ વષ-૨૦૧૪ મ ડસ બર થ ફ આર - ૨૦૧૫ દર મય ન ન ન લઈન ત ન ચક સણ કરવ મ આવ હત. ૫ કમ ય ન વ ળ ક ર વત ર અહ દશ વ લ છ. હવ ન ણવ ન કરવ મ ટન થળન પસ દગ વ શ અન નકન ત વધ ઓન આધ ર ન કરલ હત. હવ ન ણવ ન કરવ મ ટ પટ લ ટ મ ટર( PM 10 & PM 2.5 ), સફર ડ ય કસ ઈડ ( SO 2 ) અન ન ઈ જન ઓસ ઈડ ( NO X )ન ચક સણ કરવ મ આવ હત. ન પરણ મ ન ચ ન ટબલમ દશ ય જબ છ. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.14

281 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Resin Project of M/s. Levin Décor LLP આસપ સન ૧૦ કમ ય ન વત ર Proposed Project site M/s. Levin Décor LLP. બ ઝલ ઈન મ ન ટરગ મ ટ ગ મ ન ન મ :- મ ક ગ મ મ ક ગ મ ૧ ટ સ ઈટ ૫ પ ૨ પ ગ ** ૬ સલ લ ૩ અમ ન ર ** ૭ રસલ ર ૪ ત જ ** M/s. T. R. Associates 10.15

282 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Resin Project of M/s. Levin Décor LLP ૫ કમ ય મ હવ પય વરણ Pollutant PM 2.5 μg/m 3 LOCATION Particular Project Site Poglu Aminpur Prantij Piludra Salal Rasulpur Min Max Mean PM 10 μg/m 3 Min Max Mean SOx μg/m 3 Min Max Mean NOx μg/m 3 Min Max Mean * HC (NMHC) = B.D.L. (D.L. = 1ppb) VOC = Not Detected 3.જળ પય વરણ (Water Environment):- ગભ જળ ત મજ જમ ન પરન પ ણ ન ન ન ઓન ણવ પરણ પરથ ત રણ ક ઢ શક ય ક ગભ પ ણ ત મજ જમ ન પર પ ણ IS:10500મ બહ ર પ ડવ મ આવ લ પ વ લ યક પ ણ ન ધ ર ધ રણ જબ છ. ૪. પય વરણ ય અસર અન ત ન શમન (મ ટગ શન) મ ટન પગલ :- M/s. T. R. Associates 10.16

283 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Resin Project of M/s. Levin Décor LLP ૪.૧ હવ પય વરણ:- હવ ન ષણન ય ત ચ મન મ થ થત ગ સ ઉસન ક ટમ બ ઈલર(૩ મ. ટન/ કલ ક) થમક ઈડ હટર (૧૦ લ ખ ક. કલર/ કલ ક) D.G.Set (૧૫૦ KVA) અન યરમ થ નકળત મ ડ છ. કસ / ક લસ બળતણ તરક વ પરવ મ આવશ ન જરય ત ૫.૫૫ મ.ટન/ દવસ રહશ. ચ મન ન ચ ઈ ૩૦ મ ટર ર ખવ મ આવશ. બ ગ ફટર હટર સ થ લગ વવ મ આવશ.સ ભ વત બહ ર ફક ત ષક, ટમ બ ઈલર તથ થમક ડ SPM, SO X, NO x હશ. ત મ છત આ ષક નયત ધ રણમ રહશ. ય ર HSD (HIGH SPEED DIESEL) D.G. SET મ બળતણ તરક વ પરવ મ આવશ પ વર ફઈલર વખત વપર શ તથ ગ સ એમ શન પણ નયત ધ રણ ( PRESCRIBED STANDARD)મ હશ ત થ D.G.Set મ ટ APCM જર નથ. યર સ થ જ ડલ સ સ ગ સન ચ મન મ થ મથ ન લન રકવર મ ટ બર લગ વવમ આવશ. ૪.૨ પ ણ પય વરણ :- પ ણ ન જરય ત બ રવ લમ થ સ ત ષવ મ આવશ. લ ત પ ણ ન જરય ત ૨૮.૨ કલ લ ટર/ દવસ હશ. મ ઘરગ વપર શ, લગ ટ વરમ વપર શ, બ ઈલરમ વપર શ, બગ સ સ મ ટ વપર શ તથ વ શગ અન બ ગબગ ચ ન વક સ મ ટન પ ણ ન વપર શન સમ વ શ થ ય છ. ઓ ગક તઓ ર ૮.૦૮ કલ./ દવસ ગ પ ણ ઉદભવશ. આ ગ દ પ ણ ન ક મકલ ઓકસ ડશન ર યમર ટમ ટ આપ ન ઈવ પરટ કરવ મ આવશ અન કય મ ફરથ વ પરવ મ આવશ. ડ મ ટક (ઘરગ ) ગ દ પ ણ (૧૨ કલ./ દવસ) ન એસ.ટ.પ મ ટમ ટ આપ ન બ ગબગ ચ ન વક સ મ ટ વ પરવ મ આવશ. ત થ એકમ ઝ ર ડચ રહશ. ત થ સત વત એકમથ જળ પય વરણ પર ક ઈ મ ટ અસર થશ નહ. વ ટર બ લ સ ડ ય મ તથ ઈટપ લ ડ ય મ ન ચ દશ વ લ છ. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.17

284 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Resin Project of M/s. Levin Décor LLP Source of Water Supply: Bore well Total: 28.2 KL/D Domestic Use 5.1 KL/D 7.59 KL/D used in sanitary Fresh 0 KL/D Gardening KL/D Fresh Water 23.1 KL/D Industrial Use 28.7 KL/D 5.6 KL/D Recycle Drinking use KL/D Used in Sanitary Purpose KL/D STP 12 KL/D Reuse 12 KL/D Cooling 8 KL/D Blow Down 0.4 KL/D Washing 0.2 KL/D R.O. Reject 2.5 KL/D Boiler Blowdown 1.2 KL/D R. O. 7.5 KL/D Fresh 5 KL/D Steam Boiler 24 KL/D Condensate 19 KL/D Condensate 19 KL/D Process Nil 3.78 KL/D Scrubbing & Dilution Process 13 KL/D Scrubbed methanol sold to Authorized recycler ETP 8.08 KL/D Note: Industry will evaporate the effluent after primary treatment. Thus maintain zero discharge. ઈટપ લ ડ ય મ Industrial effluent Collection & Neutralization Tank Holding Tank (Photo Fenton Reagent) Primary Settling Tank Evaporator M/s. T. R. Associates 10.18

285 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Resin Project of M/s. Levin Décor LLP ૪.૩ સ લ ડ વ ટ મ ન જમ ટ (મ ન જમ ટ હડલગ અન સ બ ઉ વમ ટ) હઝ ડસ વ ટ નયમ,૨૦૦૮ જબ બધ જ હઝ ડસ વ ટ નય ણ અન નક લ કરવ મ આવશ. ય હઝ ડસ વ ટ, ઈટપ કચર, એકટગ વ ટ, વપર ય ઓઈલ અન નક મ થ લ ઓ છ. વપર ય ઓઈલ એ જ જય એ કટ તરક ન વપર શ અથવ રસ ઈકલરન વ ચ શ, નક મ થ લ ઓ મ ર થય લ વ ડર ન વ ચ શ. ઈટપ કચર ન મ ર થય લ TSDF જય એ નક લ કરવ મ આવશ અન એકટગ વ ટ મ ર થય લ ઈસ નરશન ફસ લ ટમ નક લ કરવ મ આવશ. એકમ હઝ ડસ વ ટન સ હ મ ટ અલગ જય ફ ળવશ આથ એકમ ર અપ ય લ હઝ ડસ વ ટ મ ન જમ ટ પત રત હશ અન હઝ ડસ વ ટ મ ન જમ ટન લ ધ પય વરણ પર ક ઈ મ ટ અસર નહ થ ય. ૪.૪ ન બ ટ ડવલ પમ ટ :- એકમ આશર ૪૫૧૯ ચ.મ. (૩૭. 0૬ %) ન બ ટ વત રન વક સ કરશ. ન બ ટ વત રમ પ ણ ન વપર શ ૪.૪૧ કલ /દવસ થશ. ૫.પય વરણ ય ચક સણ ય જન :- પય વરણ ય પરબળ ન ચક સણ વ વધ થળ એ પય વરણ ય અસર તથ ત ન ફરફ ર ઓળખવ મ ટ મદદપ થશ. આ હ થ પય વરણ ય યવથ પન ય જન ન પ લન મ ટ આસપ સન હવ ન ણવ ન ચક સણ, ચ મન મ થ નકળત ષક અન વ ન મ પદ ડન ચક સણ ક યદ મ જણ ય જબ કરવ મ આવશ. ૬. ણ મક રક એન લ સસ:- જ ખમ રસ યણ મ ટ રક એન લ સસ કરવ મ આવ લ છ. બધ જ જ ખમ રસ યણ ન સ હણ અન નય ણ MSDS ન મ ગદ શક હઠળ કરવ મ આવશ.યતગત ર મક સ ધન ક રગર ન આપવ મ આવશ. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.19

286 EIA Preparation for the Proposed Resin Project of M/s. Levin Décor LLP ૭. ટ થ થત લ ભ :- ચત ટ આસપ સન વત રન સ દ યન અથવ મ ળખ કય વક સ, સ મ ક વક સ, ર જગ ર અન અય ક યદ ઓન ટએ લ ભદ ય બનશ. ચત ટ શળ અન અધ શળ અન બન શળ કચ રઓન બ ધક મ તબ અન ક મગ ર તબ દર મય ન ર જગ ર આપવ ન મત ધર વ છ. ૧૨૫ ટલ યતઓન આ ટ ર ર જગ ર મળ શક છ. આ કટ સ મ ક, આ થક વક સ મ ટ અન શ ણક સ થ ઓ પ છળ લ ફટન ૨.૫ % પય ખચ કરશ. ૮. ઉપસ હ ર :- ૧. હવ ન ણવ પર નવ અસર થ ય છ. જ ક હવ ષણ નય ણ મ ટન તમ મ પગલ લ વ મ આવશ ૨. ક ઈ ઈક લ કલ કશ ન થશ નહ. ૩. જળ પય વરણ પર ક ઈ ત ળ અસર થશ નહ. ૪. થ નક ર જગ રન તક વધશ. ૫. વ વધ પય વરણ ય પરમ ણ વ ક જ ગલ, ર ય બગ ચ, અય રય અન ધ મક તથ ઐત હ સક થળ પર ક ઈ અસર થશ નહ. ૬. પય વરણ ય મ ન જમ ટ ય જન બધ ષણ પરમ ણ ન નય ત કરવ મ ટ ઘડવ મ આવ છ. અન આ પરણ મ સ બ ધત સ ધક ર ર થપ ય લ ધ રણ કરત વધ ન ય એ પય વરણ મ ન જમ ટ એકમ ર ખ તર કરવ મ આવ છ. ૭. પય વરણ મ ન જમ ટ સ લ ચત કટન શઆત પછ ષણ નય ણન પગલ લ શ. ૮. નકષ એ રત કર શક ય ક બ ધક મ અન ક યરત તબ દર મય ન કવ મ આવ લ પય વરણ ય સ ચ લન ય જન અન શમનન પગલ ન હક ર મક અમલ કરણ થ પય વરણ પર થત અસર ન ઘટ ડ શકશ. M/s. T. R. Associates 10.20

287 CHAPTER - 11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 11.1 INTRODUCTION OF T. R. ASSOCIATES T. R. ASSOCIATES is an organization working towards providing techno-economical solutions through innovative ideas and indigenous technologies, in the field of Pollution Control and Management. Having in-house facilities for Design, Execution, Erection and Commissioning; T. R. Associates undertakes project from Concept to Commissioning. T. R. ASSOCIATES is enlisted as Environmental Consultants and are recognized as Schedule-II Environmental Auditors by Gujarat Pollution Control Board. SERVICES T. R. Associates provides services in the areas, Research & Development Environment & Safety Consultation: Environmental Quality Monitoring Engineering Designs Environment & Safety Assessment: Environmental Impact Assessment Environmental Audit Safety Audit Risk Assessment Engineering Procurement & Commissioning: Effluent Treatment Plants Sewage Treatment Plants Common Effluent Treatment Plants Operation & Maintenance of Treatment Plants M/s. T. R. Associates 11.1

288 INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES Office Premises: Office area of around 930 sq. ft. is located in commercial area on S. G. Highway, Opp. Gujarat High Court. The office and the laboratory are located very near, which help in maintaining the authenticity of the methodologies used for the analysis thus helping in arriving at the quality solution timely. Laboratory Facilities: Laboratory is a heart for any organization dealing in the environmental field. T. R. Associates has a team of experience personnel who are trained in sampling for air, water and wastewater and for conducting Analysis, Treatability and Feasibility studies at its own well-equipped laboratory. Analytical Capability: The laboratory can undertake the qualitative and timely analysis of all the environmental parameters concerning Air, Water & Waste Water and Hazardous / Solid Waste. R&D Facilities: Has established bench scale models for process development, performance evaluation and process optimization. Communication Facilities: Main facilities like office and laboratory are located very near thus aiding faster communication between the personnel s thus helping at arriving to a solution faster. The infrastructure is adequately equipped with Telephone connections, Wi-Fi connection, Internet connection, Courier services etc. to have faster communication with the outer world. M/s. T. R. Associates 11.2

289 LIST OF INSTRUMENTS / EQUIPMENTS / MODEL Magnetic Analytical Balance ph meter Conductivity Meter COD Digestion Assembly Incubator for BOD Refrigerator for storage of samples and reagents Digital UV Visible Spectrophotometer Magnetic Stirrer with Hot Plate Hot Plate Other Glassware Stack Monitoring Kits High Volume Air Samplers Respirable Dust Collector PM2.5 Sampler Wind Speed Meter Wind Direction Min. Max. Temperature Thermometer Dry Bulb Wet Bulb db meter Microscope with Halogen Lamp Oven Temperature Controller Muffle Furnace M/s. T. R. Associates 11.3

290 EIA TEAM MEMBERS This report was carried out by T.R. Associates with active co-operation from the project proponent. T.R. Associates team members worked upon this EIA report include: EIA Coordinators: 1. Mrs. Hiral Shah Functional Area Experts: Sr. No. Functional Areas Name of the Experts 1 AP Mrs. Hiral Shah 2 WP Mrs. Hiral Shah 3 SHW Mrs. Hiral Shah 4 HG,GEO Mr. I. M. Patel 5 AQ Mrs. Hiral Shah 6 SC Dr. B.T. Patel 7 SE Mrs. Snehaben Patel 8 RH Mr. T. R. Patel 9 EB Dr. Pankaj Joshi 10 NV Mr. Rajendra Gohil 11 LU Mr. Vishwas Patel Associate Functional Area Experts: Sr. No. Functional Areas Name of the Experts 1 WP Mr. Malav Dalwadi 2 WP Mr. Darshit Dave M/s. T. R. Associates 11.4

291 Abbreviation AP WP SHW SE EB HG GS AQ NV LU RH Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring and Control Water Pollution Prevention, Monitoring and Control Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Socio Economy Ecology & Biodiversity Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation Geology & Soil Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling & Prediction Noise & Vibration Land use Risk & Hazards M/s. T. R. Associates 11.5

292 11.2 STAY ORDER OF T.R. ASSOCIATES M/s. T. R. Associates 11.6

293 M/s. T. R. Associates 11.7

294 M/s. T. R. Associates 11.8

295 M/s. T. R. Associates 11.9

296 LATEST HIGH COURT STAY ORDER DATE M/s. T. R. Associates 11.10

297 Annexures

298 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 1

299 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 2

300 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 3

301 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 4

302 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 5

303 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 6

304 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 7

305 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 8

306 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 9

307 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 10

308 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 11

309 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 12

310 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 13

311 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 14

312 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 15

313 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 16

314 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 17

315 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 18

316 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 19

317 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 20

318 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 21

319 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 22

320 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 23

321 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 24

322 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 25

323 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 26

324 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 27

325 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 28

326 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 29

327 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 30

328 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 31

329 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 32

330 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 33

331 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 34

332 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 35

333 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 36

334 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 37

335 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 38

336 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 39

337 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 40

338 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 41

339 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 42

340 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 43

341 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 44

342 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 45

343 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 46

344 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 47

345 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 48

346 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 49

347 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 50

348 Annexure A Primary Meteorological Data Year Month Day Hour Temperature Relative Humidity Wind Speed Wind Direction Precipitation M/s. T. R. Associates 51

349 ANNEXURE B GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING NEARBY GIDC RAFLESHWAR M/s. T. R. Associates 52

350 GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING SURFACE WATER BODY MONITORING LOCATIONS, M/s. T. R. Associates 53

351 GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING NEARBY RESERVED FOREST M/s. T. R. Associates 54

352 Annexure C N.A. Copy 55

353 Annexure C N.A. Copy 56

354 Annexure C N.A. Copy 57

355 Annexure C N.A. Copy 58

356 Annexure C N.A. Copy 59

357

358 ANNEXURE D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING PUBLIC HEARING DATE : PAGE NO

359 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 61

360 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 62

361 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 63

362 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 64

363 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 65

364 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 66

365 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 67

366 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 68

367 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 69

368 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 70

369 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 71

370 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 72

371 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 73

372 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 74

373 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 75

374 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 76

375 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 77

376 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 78

377 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 79

378 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 80

379 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 81

380 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 82

381 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 83

382 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 84

383 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 85

384 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 86

385 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 87

386 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 88

387 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 89

388 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 90

389 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 91

390 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 92

391 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 93

392 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 94

393 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 95

394 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 96

395 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 97

396 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 98

397 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 99

398 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 100

399 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 101

400 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 102

401 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 103

402 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 104

403 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 105

404 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 106

405 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 107

406 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 108

407 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 109

408 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 110

409 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 111

410 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 112

411 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 113

412 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 114

413 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 115

414 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 116

415 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 117

416 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 118

417 ANNEXURE - D PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDING 119

ANNEXURES. 1 Google image showing proposed project site. 3 Manufacturing process details. 4 Details of hazardous waste management

ANNEXURES. 1 Google image showing proposed project site. 3 Manufacturing process details. 4 Details of hazardous waste management ANNEXURES Annexure No. Description 1 Google image showing proposed project site 2 Plant Lay-Out 3 Manufacturing process details 4 Details of hazardous waste management 5 Details of Effluent Treatment Plant

More information

Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies

Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies 1 Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies Collection of Base line data in any season other than Monsoon season in study area of 10 kms radius from Lease Area. Based on the Meteorological data from

More information

Proposed Draft Terms of Reference for Preparation of EIA & EMP for Louis Pharmaceuticals Pvt Ltd STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

Proposed Draft Terms of Reference for Preparation of EIA & EMP for Louis Pharmaceuticals Pvt Ltd STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE Proposed Draft Terms of Reference for Preparation of EIA & EMP for Louis Pharmaceuticals Pvt Ltd 1. Executive Summary 2. Introduction STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE I. Details of the EIA Consultant including

More information

Proposed TOR Calix Industries

Proposed TOR Calix Industries 1 A tabular with index for point-wise compliance of below mentioned TORs. 2 Executive summary of the project giving a prima facie idea of the objectives of the proposal, use of resources, justification,

More information

HINDUSTAN ZINC LIMITED Maton Rock Phosphate Mine (Maton Mine), Tehsil: Girwa District: Udaipur (Rajasthan) PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES

HINDUSTAN ZINC LIMITED Maton Rock Phosphate Mine (Maton Mine), Tehsil: Girwa District: Udaipur (Rajasthan) PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES HINDUSTAN ZINC LIMITED Maton Rock Phosphate Mine (Maton Mine), Tehsil: Girwa District: Udaipur (Rajasthan) PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES Maton Rock Phosphate Mine of M/s HZL is proposing

More information

Telefax : 011: Dated 1 st March, 2013

Telefax : 011: Dated 1 st March, 2013 F. No. J-11011/263/2012- IA II (I) Government of India Ministry of Environment and Forests (I.A. Division) Paryavaran Bhawan CGO Complex, Lodhi Road New Delhi 110 003 To, Shri Jigar Shah, Director M/s

More information

TERMS OF REFERENCE. Identification of the sources of pollution and assessing the impacts on the environment due to proposed project if any;

TERMS OF REFERENCE. Identification of the sources of pollution and assessing the impacts on the environment due to proposed project if any; TERMS OF REFERENCE 1.0 PROPOSED SCOPE OF WORK FOR EIA STUDY The components of the EIA study include: Determination of baseline data using primary data generation and secondary data available from various

More information

PROPOSED TERM OF REFERENCE

PROPOSED TERM OF REFERENCE PROPOSED TERM OF REFERENCE FOR ESTABLISHMENT OF PROPOSED MOLASSES/GRAIN BASED DISTILLERY HAVING CAPACITY: 160.0 KLD (MOLASSES BASED) OR 120.0 KLD (MOLASSES BASED) + 40.0 KLD (GRAIN BASED) ALONGWITH 7.0

More information

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE 5(b):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR PESTICIDES INDUSTRY AND PESTICIDE SPECIFIC INTERMEDIATES (EXCLUDING FORMULATIONS)AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN

More information

For PROPOSED IT PARK. By M/s.Balewadi Tech Park Pvt.Ltd. Submitted to State Environment Expert Appraisal Committee III, Maharashtra

For PROPOSED IT PARK. By M/s.Balewadi Tech Park Pvt.Ltd. Submitted to State Environment Expert Appraisal Committee III, Maharashtra Draft Terms of References (ToR) (Based on the model TOR given in Environmental Impact Assessment Guidance Manual for building construction projects by MoEF & CC) For PROPOSED IT PARK By M/s.Balewadi Tech

More information

Proposed Terms of reference for EIA studies ToR for EIA studies in respect of the isolated storages, which are involved in handling of hazardous

Proposed Terms of reference for EIA studies ToR for EIA studies in respect of the isolated storages, which are involved in handling of hazardous Proposed Terms of reference for EIA studies ToR for EIA studies in respect of the isolated storages, which are involved in handling of hazardous chemicals may include, but not limited to the following

More information

1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY M/s Merino Industries Limited has proposed for manufacturing Phenol Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin at Plot No D2 CH 36, Dahej Phase II, Dist. Bharuch, Gujarat. The

More information

Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies

Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies M/s Maithan Steel and Power Ltd. is located at: At/PO- Bonra, PS- Neturia in Purulia district of WB with latitude:23 0 37 53.85 Nand longitude 86 0 50 08.10

More information

2) A copy of the document in support of the fact that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given.

2) A copy of the document in support of the fact that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given. PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCES (A) Suggested by the Applicant 1(a): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR NON-COAL MINING PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED

More information

M/S. Ever Shine Décor P. Ltd.

M/S. Ever Shine Décor P. Ltd. PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT OF M/S. Ever Shine Décor P. Ltd. Survey No. : 40, Village Indrad, Taluka Kadi, District Mehsana, Gujarat. Mob No.: 09898186603 Email: bhupeshgopani@gmail.com Prepared By: T. R. ASSOCIATES

More information

STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE GOVERNMENT OF PUNJAB (Office of the Secretary) Vatavaran Bhawan, Nabha Road, Patiala

STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE GOVERNMENT OF PUNJAB (Office of the Secretary) Vatavaran Bhawan, Nabha Road, Patiala STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE GOVERNMENT OF PUNJAB (Office of the Secretary) Vatavaran Bhawan, Nabha Road, Patiala-147001. No. SEAC/80/37967 Dated 15/10/2008 Speed Post To M/s Green Planet Energy Pvt.

More information

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT For ToR of Proposed Project of MANUFACTURING OF SYNTHETIC ORGANICCHEMICALS (RESINS) (5 f B IND II) By M/s M R INDUSTRIES SURVEY NO. 58/1 & 58/3 OPPOSITE WHOLESOME FOOD PVT. LTD.,

More information

.in Dated 9th August, Sharma ;

.in Dated 9th August, Sharma  ; F. No. J-11011/151/2010-IA II (I) Government of India Ministry of Environment and Forests (I.A. Division) Paryavaran Bhawan CGO Complex, Lodhi Road New Delhi -110 003.. To, Ankleshwar E-mail: pb.rastoai@nic.in

More information

STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE, PUNJAB Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India

STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE, PUNJAB Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE, PUNJAB Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India O/O Punjab Pollution Control Board, Vatavaran Bhawan, Nabha Road, Patiala 147 001 Telefax:- 0175-2215802

More information

TERMS OF REFERENCE. Submitted to Ministry of Environment & Forests New Delhi. August 2014

TERMS OF REFERENCE. Submitted to Ministry of Environment & Forests New Delhi. August 2014 2014 TERMS OF REFERENCE PROPOSED EXPANSION OF PESTICIDE TECHNICAL PROJECT AT SP-9(D-1), RIICO INDUSTRIAL AREA VILLAGE: KHUSHKHERA, DISTRICT-ALWAR (RAJASTHAN) Submitted to Ministry of Environment & Forests

More information

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCES. Standard Terms of Reference for Pesticides Industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations) 5(b):

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCES. Standard Terms of Reference for Pesticides Industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations) 5(b): PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCES Standard Terms of Reference for Pesticides Industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations) 5(b): ToR Points Details Remarks STANDARAD TERMS OF REFERENCE

More information

Pre-Feasibility Report For

Pre-Feasibility Report For Pre-Feasibility Report For Proposed New Project for manufacturing of Intermediates of Agro Chemicals & Synthetic Organic Chemicals. By M/s. MANBRO POLYMERS LIMITED, Plot No. D-2/CH-275, INDUSTRIAL ESTATE,

More information

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR RESIDENTIAL TOWNSHIP WITH VACATION RESORTS PROJECT AT ALIBAUG, RAIGAD, MAHARASHTRA PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE Submitted to State Level Environment Impact Assessment

More information

M/s Hind Energy & Coal Beneficiation Pvt. Ltd. is presently operating a 2 x 1.2 MTPA

M/s Hind Energy & Coal Beneficiation Pvt. Ltd. is presently operating a 2 x 1.2 MTPA 1.0 INTRODUCTION M/s Hind Energy & Coal Beneficiation Pvt. Ltd. is presently operating a 2 x 1.2 MTPA dry type of coal washery at Village: Hindadih, Tehsil: Masturi, District: Bilaspur (C.G.) for which

More information

STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE, PUNJAB MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE, PUNJAB MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE, PUNJAB MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA O/O PUNJAB POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, VATAVARAN BHAWAN, NABHA ROAD, PATIALA 147 001 Telefax:- 0175-2215802

More information

No.J-11011/132/2010-IA II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division ***

No.J-11011/132/2010-IA II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** No.J-11011/132/2010-IA II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road,New

More information

Hind Energy & Coal Beneficiation (India) Ltd.

Hind Energy & Coal Beneficiation (India) Ltd. SUMMARY ON ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT OF Hind Energy & Coal Beneficiation (India) Ltd. (Change in Technology) at Hindadih Village, Masturi Tehsil Bilaspur District, Chhattisgarh Submitted to

More information

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT For NEW PROJECT (PIGMENT MANUFACTURING PLANT) Of M/s. SHREY INDUSTRIES Survey No. 111 & 112, Plot No. 7 & 8, Village: Dhanot, Ta: Kalol, Dist: Gandhinagar (Gujarat) CONTENTS Sr.

More information

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) 4(a):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRIES PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP

More information

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) FOR PROPOSED NEW NATIONAL HIGHWAY -NH-754K GREENFIELD ALIGNMENT SANCHORE-SANTALPUR SECTION

More information

Hind Energy & Coal Beneficiation (India) Ltd.

Hind Energy & Coal Beneficiation (India) Ltd. SUMMARY ON ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT OF Hind Energy & Coal Beneficiation (India) Ltd. 0.96 MTPA Wet type Coal Washery at Birgahani Village, Baloda Tehsil Janjgir-Champa District, Chhattisgarh

More information

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT for PROPOSED PROJECT FOR DYES, PIGMENTS AND DYE INTERMEDIATES MANUFACTURING PLANT IN GIDC, DAHEJ-II Of M/s. SHREEJI INDUSTRIES Plot No. D2/CH/24, Dahej-II, GIDC Industrial Estate,

More information

Proposed Project of Halcyon Labs Pvt Ltd D-2/CH : 335,336,337, GIDC-Dahej-2, DIst: Bharuch, Gujarat Ramans Enviro Services Pvt Ltd Ahmedabad

Proposed Project of Halcyon Labs Pvt Ltd D-2/CH : 335,336,337, GIDC-Dahej-2, DIst: Bharuch, Gujarat Ramans Enviro Services Pvt Ltd Ahmedabad 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF THE PROJECT BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE PROJECT : TYPE OF PROJECT : Proposed Project for manufacturing of pharma intermediates by Halcyon Labs Pvt.Ltd. LOCATION : Proposed Project of Halcyon

More information

ANNEXURE A DETAILS OF PRODUCTS

ANNEXURE A DETAILS OF PRODUCTS Annexures to Form 1 & Pre Feasibility Report Proposed Project for manufacturing of Dyes Intermediates of M/s Jay Dyechem, Narol-Vatva Road,Ta : City, District : Ahmedabad, Gujarat. ANNEXURE A DETAILS OF

More information

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY. (Approved Consultant)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY. (Approved Consultant) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR THE PROPOSED CAPTIVE RESIN PLANT OF 100000 TPA PRODUCTION CAPACITY AT ROUTHUSURAMALA VILLAGE, THOTTAMBEDU MANDAL, CHITTOOR DISTRICT, ANDHRA PRADESH EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

More information

Ramans Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd. Ahmedabad. Annexure A. Product Profile. Crude OBA AND/OR Crude OBA-CBS-X. Standardized OBA Solid AND/OR

Ramans Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd. Ahmedabad. Annexure A. Product Profile. Crude OBA AND/OR Crude OBA-CBS-X. Standardized OBA Solid AND/OR Annexure A Product Profile Sr. No. 1 2 Product Crude OBA AND/OR Crude OBA-CBS-X Standardized OBA Solid AND/OR Standardized OBA Liquid Proposed Qty (MT/ M) 400 400 1600 Note : For making Standardized OBA

More information

No.IA-J-11011/363/2017-IA-II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division ***

No.IA-J-11011/363/2017-IA-II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** No.IA-J-11011/363/2017-IA-II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road,New

More information

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT For PROPOSED EXPANSION OF BAKELITE POWDER MANUFACTURING UNIT of M/S. HINDUSTAN BAKELITE COMPANY PLOT NO. J-3436, GIDC ESTATE, ANKLESHWAR, DISTRICT: BHARUCH-393002, GUJARAT 0 CONTENTS

More information

No.J-11011/60/2014-IA.II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division ***

No.J-11011/60/2014-IA.II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** No.J-11011/60/2014-IA.II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

More information

No.J-11011/436/2005-IA II (I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division ***

No.J-11011/436/2005-IA II (I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** No.J-11011/436/2005-IA II (I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road,New

More information

M/S. Dain Colour Chem

M/S. Dain Colour Chem PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT For PROPOSED EXPANSION IN EXISTING MANUFACTURING PLANT Of M/S. Dain Colour Chem Plot No.: 5, Nilkanth Estate, Village: Dhanot, Ta.: Kalol, Dist.: Gandhinagar-382729, Gujarat 1 CONTENTS

More information

Terms of Reference (ToR) for EIA BUILDING STONE QUARRY OWNED BY LINEJ T.P

Terms of Reference (ToR) for EIA BUILDING STONE QUARRY OWNED BY LINEJ T.P Terms of Reference (ToR) for EIA BUILDING STONE QUARRY OWNED BY LINEJ T.P SITUATED AT KAKKUR VILLAGE KOZHIKODE TALUK KOZHIKODE DISTRICT KERALA STATE EXTENT: 2.0437 Ha STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

More information

PROPOSED BULK DRUG & BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES MANUFACTURING UNIT

PROPOSED BULK DRUG & BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES MANUFACTURING UNIT PRE - FEASIBILITY REPORT For PROPOSED BULK DRUG & BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES MANUFACTURING UNIT Of M/s. SHREE RAM INDUSTRIES PLOT NO.5117, GIDC-ANKLESHWAR, PIN-393002 TAL: ANKLESHWAR, DIST: BHARUCH, GUJARAT

More information

STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE, PUNJAB MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE, PUNJAB MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA STATE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE, PUNJAB MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT AND FORESTS, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA O/O PUNJAB POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD, VATAVARAN BHAWAN, NABHA ROAD, PATIALA 147 001 Telefax:- 0175-2215802

More information

No.J-11011/177/2016- IA II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division ***

No.J-11011/177/2016- IA II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** No.J-11011/177/2016- IA II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road,New

More information

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1.1 INTRODUCTION

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1.1 INTRODUCTION EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1.1 INTRODUCTION Jaypee Group is a leading Business House of the country with its presence in Core industries and Service Sectors like Cement, Infrastructure development,

More information

M/s. CRYSTAL CROP PROTECTION PVT. LTD. PLOT NO. D2/CH/14, GIDC INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, DAHEJ-2, TAL: VAGRA, DIST: BHARUCH (GUJ.)

M/s. CRYSTAL CROP PROTECTION PVT. LTD. PLOT NO. D2/CH/14, GIDC INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, DAHEJ-2, TAL: VAGRA, DIST: BHARUCH (GUJ.) M/s. CRYSTAL CROP PROTECTION PVT. LTD. PLOT NO. D2/CH/14, GIDC INDUSTRIAL ESTATE, DAHEJ-2, TAL: VAGRA, DIST: BHARUCH-392130 (GUJ.) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR PROPOSED AGROCHEMICALS

More information

PRE FEASIBILTY REPORT

PRE FEASIBILTY REPORT PRE FEASIBILTY REPORT FOR ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE OF PROPOSED NEW PROJECT S. O. CHEMICALS (5 f Category) Proposed By: COREL PHARMA CHEM PVT. LTD. SURVEY NO. 473 & 481, BORISANA, KADI THOL ROAD, KADI, DIST

More information

Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed Relocation and Installation of 1 x 100 Ton per day / 30,000 TPA Sponge Iron manufacturing industry from Village Nayapara-Bodri, PO- Chakrabhata Camp, Bilaspur

More information

Format for Appraisal-New:5

Format for Appraisal-New:5 SEAC Gujarat: Pageof5 Format for Appraisal-New:5. Basic Information of the Project: i Name & Address of the Project site (Complete details with plot no./survey no., Landmark etc. ) M/S. DHARMANANDAN FINE

More information

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE 1 PROPOSED TOR FOR EIA STUDY Kottmeta Limestone Mine, ML Area 801.171 ha, is located in Village Katamater, Tehsil/District Malkangiri, Odisha. Dalmia Cement (Bharat) Limited,

More information

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT 1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY M/s Arti Chemical Industries is a project located at Plot No. E-22, Vilayat G.I.D.C. Tal: Vagra area of Bharuch district in Gujarat. M/s Arti Chemical Industries

More information

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE For PROPOSED RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT AT Plot bearing survey no. 86/1, 86/2, 86/3 (pt), 86/4 (pt), 86/5 (pt), 115/1 (pt), 115/2 (pt), 115/3 (pt), 115/4 (pt), 115/5

More information

For TOR New Projects. Mo. no. : Contact no. and ID of the Applicant

For TOR New Projects. Mo. no. : Contact no. and  ID of the Applicant SEAC, Gujarat : Page 1 of 6 For TOR New Projects 1. Basic Information of the Project: i Name & Address of the Project site (Complete details with plot /Survey, Landmark etc. ) M/s. Perstorp Industries

More information

State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority Madhya Pradesh Government of India Ministry of Environment & Forests

State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority Madhya Pradesh Government of India Ministry of Environment & Forests State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority Madhya Pradesh Government of India Ministry of Environment & Forests Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board E 5. Arera Colony Bhopal 4620 16 visit us

More information

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT For ToR of Proposed Project of MANUFACTURING OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC DYES (5 f B IND II) By SHREEJI BAPA DYE CHEM PLOT NO 1319 & 1320, PHASE-III, GIDC, VATVA, AHEMADABAD-382445, GUJARAT,

More information

Pre-Feasibility Report

Pre-Feasibility Report Pre-Feasibility Report M/s. Veer Poly Chem 0 1. Introduction M/s. Veer Polychem is an existing unit located at Plot 119 & 120, Ranpur road, GIDC Dhandhuka, Dist: Ahmedabad, Gujarat. Currently, unit is

More information

ANNEXURE- II Proposed TOR

ANNEXURE- II Proposed TOR ANNEXURE- II Proposed TOR Annexure II Terms of Reference for EIA for Setting up of Ligno-Cellulosic Biomass based second generation (2G) Ethanol Bio-Refinery with capacity of 100 KLPD at village-sainjani,

More information

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ON ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ON ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ON ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT For CHHATTISGARH ENVIRONMENT CONSERVATION BOARD CHHATTISGARH 0 P a g e 1.0 INTRODUCTION SUMIT ISPAT PVT. LTD. has proposed to establish Submerged

More information

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report For proposed expansion of Formaldehyde and manufacturing of Paraformaldehyde & Reprocessing Silver (Purification of Silver) Category: 5(f) of Balaji Formalin

More information

HALF YEARLY COMPLIANCE REPORT OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE CONDITIONS

HALF YEARLY COMPLIANCE REPORT OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE CONDITIONS HALF YEARLY COMPLIANCE REPORT OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE CONDITIONS 1. Name of the Project: M/s MCC PTA India Corp. Private Limited Haldia ( WB) Note: Company Name was change from MCC PTA India Corp.Private

More information

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT. M/s. Sayaji Laminates Pvt. Ltd. Survey No. : 213,Village-Bahutha, Ta. :Savli, Dist. : Baroda, Gujrat

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT. M/s. Sayaji Laminates Pvt. Ltd. Survey No. : 213,Village-Bahutha, Ta. :Savli, Dist. : Baroda, Gujrat PR FASIBILITY RPORT OF M/s. Sayaji Laminates Pvt. Ltd. Survey No. : 213,Village-Bahutha, Ta. :Savli, Dist. : Baroda, Gujrat-391770 mail: sayajilaminates@gmail.com Prepared By: T. R. Associates C-605/A,

More information

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT FOR OBTAINING PRIOR ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE FOR MANUFACTURING OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS OF M/s. MAYUR COLOUR AND CHEMICALS LOCATED AT Plot No. 5148, GIDC Industrial Estate, Ankleshwar

More information

Product Profile. Quantity in MT/Month CAS Solvent Dark Violet R Solvent Black

Product Profile. Quantity in MT/Month CAS Solvent Dark Violet R Solvent Black Annexure - A Product Profile Sr. No. Product Name Quantity in MT/Month CAS Existing Proposed Ultimate Number End Users 1 Acid Dyes 5.000-5.000 0.000 -- -- Solvent Yellow 82 12227-67-7 Solvent Dark Violet

More information

PROJECT FEASIBILITY REPORT

PROJECT FEASIBILITY REPORT PROJECT FEASIBILITY REPORT FOR OBTAINING PRIOR ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE For PROPOSED CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING UNIT From M/s. MORADIA BROTHERS CHEM PVT LTD LOCATED AT: Block No.: 45, JalBhumi Industrial Estate,

More information

No.IA-J-11011/116/2017-IA-II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division ***

No.IA-J-11011/116/2017-IA-II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** No.IA-J-11011/116/2017-IA-II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division *** Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road,New

More information

J-11011/45/2009- IA II (I)

J-11011/45/2009- IA II (I) SL SPECIFIC CONDITIONS STATUS 1 Continuous stack monitoring facilities to monitor gaseous emissions from all the stacks shall be provided. The particulate emissions shall be controlled within 50 mg/nm

More information

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT 0.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Shri Ashok Patel Partner of M/s. Patel Polymers is planning to manufacture organic chemical Different Types of Resins, for proposed expansion project at Plot

More information

PART A. 3. Production Capacity 3.6 Million TPA Cement 4. Year of Establishment th September 2015 PART B WATER AND RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION

PART A. 3. Production Capacity 3.6 Million TPA Cement 4. Year of Establishment th September 2015 PART B WATER AND RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION Page 1 of 8 Environmental Statement for Clinker Grinding Unit of M/s Bihar Cement Plant (A Unit of Shree Cement Ltd.), situated at Jasoia Mor, BIADA, Industrial Growth Centre, Aurangabad, Tehsil & Dist.

More information

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NTPC LIMITED

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NTPC LIMITED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) STUDY FOR LARA SUPER THERMAL POWER PROJECT, STAGE-II (2X800MW) NTPC LIMITED (A Government of India Enterprise) Engineering Office Complex

More information

2 PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE

2 PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE 2 Proposed Terms of References (TORs) as prescribed in Chapter 4, Section 4(d), of Standard Terms of Reference for EIA/EMP Report for projects / activities requiring Environment Clearance under EIA Notification,

More information

M/s. LAKSHMANAN CEMENTS PVT LTD, Survey Number 69-3, 69-4, Pachanapalli Village, Chittoor Mandal and District, Andhra Pradesh

M/s. LAKSHMANAN CEMENTS PVT LTD, Survey Number 69-3, 69-4, Pachanapalli Village, Chittoor Mandal and District, Andhra Pradesh M/s. LAKSHMANAN CEMENTS PVT LTD, Survey Number 69-3, 69-4, Pachanapalli Village, Chittoor Mandal and District, Andhra Pradesh EXECUTIVE SUMMARY SUBMITTED BY M/s. Lakshmanan Cements Pvt Ltd No. 58-A, 25

More information

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT

PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT PRE FEASIBILITY REPORT For EXPANSION IN EXISTING MANUFACTURING PLANT Of M/s. SHIVA DYE STUFF PVT. LTD Plot no. A2-11/6104,G.I.D.C. Industrial Estate, Ankleshwar-393002, Gujarat. 1 CONTENTS Sr. No. Description

More information

RESINS & ALLIED CHEMICALS INDUSTRIES (BOMBAY) PVT. LTD.

RESINS & ALLIED CHEMICALS INDUSTRIES (BOMBAY) PVT. LTD. FOR THE PROPOSED EXPANSION PROJECT FOR THE MANUFACTURING OF KETONIC RESINS Category: 5(f) OF RESINS & ALLIED CHEMICALS INDUSTRIES (BOMBAY) PVT. LTD. Located at: Plot No. C-1/46, 100 SHED AREA, GIDC, Vapi,

More information

Mars Power & Steel Ltd.

Mars Power & Steel Ltd. SUMMARY ON ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT OF Mars Power & Steel Ltd. Village : Baihamura Tehsil : Ghargoda District : Raigarh Submitted to: Page 1 CHHATTISGARH ENVIRONMENT CONSERVATION BOARD Executive

More information

V: PROJECT SCOPING & METHODOLOGY

V: PROJECT SCOPING & METHODOLOGY V: PROJECT SCOPING & METHODOLOGY 5.0 INTRODUCTION The scoping exercise is carried out to define the focus and scope of the EIA Study. The scoping exercise is required to understand the type of activities

More information

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Para No. Contents Page No

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Para No. Contents Page No TABLE OF CONTENTS Para No. Contents Page No Chapter-1 Introduction 1.0 Preamble 1 1.1 Location of the project 1 1.2 Objectives of the EIA study 3 1.3 Methodology of study 3 1.4 Structure of EIA report

More information

DESCRIPTIVE REPORT ON STATUS OF COMPLIANCE TO THE CONDITIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

DESCRIPTIVE REPORT ON STATUS OF COMPLIANCE TO THE CONDITIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DESCRIPTIVE REPORT ON STATUS OF COMPLIANCE TO THE CONDITIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Subject: Compliance report of Environmental Clearance for CDR & Revamp Reference: J-11011/272/2007-IA,

More information

APPENDIX I PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE

APPENDIX I PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE APPENDIX I PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE 1. Environment Impact Assessment/Environment Management Plan document shall be in accordance with the provisions & generic structure stipulated in the EIA Notification

More information

PREFEASIBILITY REPORT

PREFEASIBILITY REPORT PREFEASIBILITY REPORT For ToR Application of Expansion Project For MANUFACTURING OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS (Dyes Intermediates) Proposed By: M/s. Plot No. C/1/B-145-3 Phase-II, GIDC Estate, Naroda,

More information

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE Secretariat of State Level Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC) Rajasthan 4, Institutional Area, Jhalana Doongri, Jaipur-302004 Phone: 0141-5159661;E-mail: seacseiaa2010@gmail.com F1 (4)/SEIAA/SEAC-Raj/Sectt/Project

More information

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT PROPOSED PROJECT FOR MANUFACTURING OF DYES INTERMEDIATES. OF M/s. UMIYA CHEM INTERMEDIATES

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT PROPOSED PROJECT FOR MANUFACTURING OF DYES INTERMEDIATES. OF M/s. UMIYA CHEM INTERMEDIATES PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT ON PROPOSED PROJECT FOR MANUFACTURING OF DYES INTERMEDIATES OF M/s. UMIYA CHEM INTERMEDIATES AT PLOT NO: 4705/1/1, GIDC ESTATE,ANKLESHWAR, DIST:BHARUCH STATE:-GUJARAT 1 1.0 EXECUTIVE

More information

Synthetic Organic Chemicals 5(f)

Synthetic Organic Chemicals 5(f) SEAC, Gujarat Page 1 of 14 Synthetic Organic Chemicals 5(f) For Terms of Reference [ToR] New Project 1. Basic Information of the Project: i Name & Address of the Project site (Complete details with plot

More information

Accord Energy Corporation India Pvt. Ltd.

Accord Energy Corporation India Pvt. Ltd. Accord Energy Corporation India Pvt. Ltd. PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT ON ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS OF PROPOSED INCREASE IN CAPACITY 2 x 150 MW to 2 x 180 MW OF EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE ( J-13012/107/ 2009-IA-II

More information

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental

More information

No. 138 /PS-MS/MPPCB/SEAC/TOR (75)/2011 Bhopal, dt. 03 /06/2011. Env. Consultant: Créative Enviro Service, Bhopal. (SN-29)

No. 138 /PS-MS/MPPCB/SEAC/TOR (75)/2011 Bhopal, dt. 03 /06/2011. Env. Consultant: Créative Enviro Service, Bhopal. (SN-29) 1 By: Speed-Post State Level Expert Appraisal Committee (Formed as per S.O. no. 1533 dated 14 th Sept 2006 of Government of India, Ministry of Environment & Forests) PARYAWARAN PARISAR, E-5, ARERA COLONY,

More information

PROJECT PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT. For

PROJECT PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT. For PROJECT PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT For THE PROPOSED ORGANIC CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING IN EXISTING IN FORMULATION OF PESTICIDE, AGROCHEMICAL AND BIO FERTILIZERS MANUFACTURING UNIT AT M/S. SULPHUR MILLS LTD. PLOT

More information

FINAL ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

FINAL ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FINAL EIA /EMP REPORT FOR PROPOSED ENHANCEMENT IN CAPACITY OF INCINERATION SYSTEM/FACILITY OF EXISTING DISPOSAL FACILITIES (CHWTSDF) (PHASE-II) AT ANKLESHWAR, GUJARAT BY M/S BHARUCH ENVIRO INFRASTRUCTURE

More information

4. The ambient air quality monitoring stations We are monitoring the ambient air quality

4. The ambient air quality monitoring stations We are monitoring the ambient air quality GLOBAL CALCIUM PRIVATE LTD., 125&126, SIPCOT COMPLEX, HOSUR 635 126 Ref : No. J-11011/411/2006-IA-II(I) dated 1 st August 2007. Compliance Report for the Period ending 31.3.2015 Sl. Specific Conditions

More information

M/s. VAPI PRODUCTS INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD. Plot No. 789/3A & 791/4 & 5, Phase-III, G.I.D.C., Vapi , Dist: Valsad (Guj.)

M/s. VAPI PRODUCTS INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD. Plot No. 789/3A & 791/4 & 5, Phase-III, G.I.D.C., Vapi , Dist: Valsad (Guj.) M/s. Plot No. 789/3A & 791/4 & 5, Phase-III, G.I.D.C., Vapi-396 195, Dist: Valsad (Guj.) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & RISK ASSESMENT REPORT FOR PROPOSED EXPANSION OF RESINS, PHARMACEUTICAL INTERMEDIATES AND

More information

Environmental Clearance Compliance Half Yearly Report

Environmental Clearance Compliance Half Yearly Report Environmental Clearance Compliance Half Yearly Report HALF YEARLY COMPLIANCE REPORT- April 2015 to September 2015 Ref: 1. MOEF, New Delhi Environment Clearance F. No. J-11011/119/2007- IA II (I) dated

More information

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR THE FOR EIA STUDIES

PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR THE FOR EIA STUDIES Project Category Project Proponent Location Expansion of Lucknow Airport in Respect of Construction of New Integrated Terminal Building at Amausi, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh. A [7 (a): Development of an Airport]

More information

RED CATEGORY CONSENT & AUTHORIZATION ORDER BY REGISTERED POST WITH ACKNOWLEDGEMENT DUE

RED CATEGORY CONSENT & AUTHORIZATION ORDER BY REGISTERED POST WITH ACKNOWLEDGEMENT DUE ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD Paryavarana Bhavan, A-III, Industrial Estate, Sanathnagar, Hyderabad-500 018 Phone : 040-23887500, Website : www.appcb.ap.nic.in RED CATEGORY CONSENT & AUTHORIZATION

More information

PRE FEASIBILTY REPORT MANUFACTURING OF ORGANIC PIGMENT M/S PRINCE CHEMICALS

PRE FEASIBILTY REPORT MANUFACTURING OF ORGANIC PIGMENT M/S PRINCE CHEMICALS PRE FEASIBILTY REPORT ON PROPOSED PROJECT FOR MANUFACTURING OF ORGANIC PIGMENT OF M/S PRINCE CHEMICALS AT PLOT NO: 9111/3,9111/2/1 GIDC ESTATE, ANKLESHWAR, DIST: BHARUCH, STATE: GUJARAT 1 Index Sr no.

More information

For TOR New. 1. Basic Information of the Project:

For TOR New. 1. Basic Information of the Project: SEAC, Gujarat: Page 1 of 12 For TOR New. 1. Basic Information of the Project: i Name & Address of the Project site M/s. Shreenathji Dye Chem (Complete details with plot no./survey no., Landmark etc. )

More information

Annexure A. A. Proposed TOR

Annexure A. A. Proposed TOR Annexure A Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA Study of the Proposed Onshore Oil and Gas Exploration and Appraisal Project in RJ-ONHP-2017/1 Hydro Carbone Block in Barmer District Rajasthan Standard ToR

More information

SIX MONTHLY COMPLIANCE REPORT JUNE- 2015

SIX MONTHLY COMPLIANCE REPORT JUNE- 2015 SIX MONTHLY COMPLIANCE REPORT JUNE- 2015 Group Housing Complex My woods AT Plot no. GH-04, Sector -16 C, Noida Extension, Greater Noida, U.P. Being developed by M/s Mahagun India Pvt. Ltd. A-19, Sector-63,

More information

MIDC, Nagpur Expansion of Existing Butibori Industrial Area (BIA Phase II) - Form-1

MIDC, Nagpur Expansion of Existing Butibori Industrial Area (BIA Phase II) - Form-1 ANNEXURE I SITE LOCATION MAP Building Environment (India) Pvt. Ltd 1 ANNEXURE II LAYOUT PLAN Building Environment (India) Pvt. Ltd 2 ANNEXURE III LAND DETAILS Sr. No. LAND DETAILS (In Ha.) 1. LARGE SIZE

More information

UNSATURATED POLYESTER RESIN

UNSATURATED POLYESTER RESIN PROJECT REPORT ON UNSATURATED POLYESTER RESIN BY AQUA CHEM INDUSTRIES Survey No. 50/2, Jodhpar (Nadi), Morbi - 363641, Gujarat. I N D E X Sr. No. Contents Page No. 1 Introduction 3 2 Project Description

More information

BRIGADE MIXED USE DEVELOPMENT

BRIGADE MIXED USE DEVELOPMENT BRIGADE MIXED USE DEVELOPMENT Terms of Reference (TOR) At Sy. No. 171/1, 171/2, 171/3, 171/4, 172, 173/1, 173/2, 173/3, 183/2, 183/3, 183/6A, 183/6B, 183/7, 183/8, 183/9, 183/11 and 184/1(P) Varthur Village,

More information